/* Ada language support routines for GDB, the GNU debugger. Copyright (C) 1992-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file is part of GDB. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ #include "defs.h" #include <stdio.h> #include "gdb_string.h" #include <ctype.h> #include <stdarg.h> #include "demangle.h" #include "gdb_regex.h" #include "frame.h" #include "symtab.h" #include "gdbtypes.h" #include "gdbcmd.h" #include "expression.h" #include "parser-defs.h" #include "language.h" #include "c-lang.h" #include "inferior.h" #include "symfile.h" #include "objfiles.h" #include "breakpoint.h" #include "gdbcore.h" #include "hashtab.h" #include "gdb_obstack.h" #include "ada-lang.h" #include "completer.h" #include "gdb_stat.h" #ifdef UI_OUT #include "ui-out.h" #endif #include "block.h" #include "infcall.h" #include "dictionary.h" #include "exceptions.h" #include "annotate.h" #include "valprint.h" #include "source.h" #include "observer.h" #include "vec.h" #include "stack.h" #include "gdb_vecs.h" #include "typeprint.h" #include "psymtab.h" #include "value.h" #include "mi/mi-common.h" #include "arch-utils.h" #include "exceptions.h" #include "cli/cli-utils.h" /* Define whether or not the C operator '/' truncates towards zero for differently signed operands (truncation direction is undefined in C). Copied from valarith.c. */ #ifndef TRUNCATION_TOWARDS_ZERO #define TRUNCATION_TOWARDS_ZERO ((-5 / 2) == -2) #endif static struct type *desc_base_type (struct type *); static struct type *desc_bounds_type (struct type *); static struct value *desc_bounds (struct value *); static int fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (struct type *); static int fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (struct type *); static struct type *desc_data_target_type (struct type *); static struct value *desc_data (struct value *); static int fat_pntr_data_bitpos (struct type *); static int fat_pntr_data_bitsize (struct type *); static struct value *desc_one_bound (struct value *, int, int); static int desc_bound_bitpos (struct type *, int, int); static int desc_bound_bitsize (struct type *, int, int); static struct type *desc_index_type (struct type *, int); static int desc_arity (struct type *); static int ada_type_match (struct type *, struct type *, int); static int ada_args_match (struct symbol *, struct value **, int); static int full_match (const char *, const char *); static struct value *make_array_descriptor (struct type *, struct value *); static void ada_add_block_symbols (struct obstack *, struct block *, const char *, domain_enum, struct objfile *, int); static int is_nonfunction (struct ada_symbol_info *, int); static void add_defn_to_vec (struct obstack *, struct symbol *, struct block *); static int num_defns_collected (struct obstack *); static struct ada_symbol_info *defns_collected (struct obstack *, int); static struct value *resolve_subexp (struct expression **, int *, int, struct type *); static void replace_operator_with_call (struct expression **, int, int, int, struct symbol *, const struct block *); static int possible_user_operator_p (enum exp_opcode, struct value **); static char *ada_op_name (enum exp_opcode); static const char *ada_decoded_op_name (enum exp_opcode); static int numeric_type_p (struct type *); static int integer_type_p (struct type *); static int scalar_type_p (struct type *); static int discrete_type_p (struct type *); static enum ada_renaming_category parse_old_style_renaming (struct type *, const char **, int *, const char **); static struct symbol *find_old_style_renaming_symbol (const char *, const struct block *); static struct type *ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (struct type *, char *, int, int, int *); static struct value *evaluate_subexp_type (struct expression *, int *); static struct type *ada_find_parallel_type_with_name (struct type *, const char *); static int is_dynamic_field (struct type *, int); static struct type *to_fixed_variant_branch_type (struct type *, const gdb_byte *, CORE_ADDR, struct value *); static struct type *to_fixed_array_type (struct type *, struct value *, int); static struct type *to_fixed_range_type (struct type *, struct value *); static struct type *to_static_fixed_type (struct type *); static struct type *static_unwrap_type (struct type *type); static struct value *unwrap_value (struct value *); static struct type *constrained_packed_array_type (struct type *, long *); static struct type *decode_constrained_packed_array_type (struct type *); static long decode_packed_array_bitsize (struct type *); static struct value *decode_constrained_packed_array (struct value *); static int ada_is_packed_array_type (struct type *); static int ada_is_unconstrained_packed_array_type (struct type *); static struct value *value_subscript_packed (struct value *, int, struct value **); static void move_bits (gdb_byte *, int, const gdb_byte *, int, int, int); static struct value *coerce_unspec_val_to_type (struct value *, struct type *); static struct value *get_var_value (char *, char *); static int lesseq_defined_than (struct symbol *, struct symbol *); static int equiv_types (struct type *, struct type *); static int is_name_suffix (const char *); static int advance_wild_match (const char **, const char *, int); static int wild_match (const char *, const char *); static struct value *ada_coerce_ref (struct value *); static LONGEST pos_atr (struct value *); static struct value *value_pos_atr (struct type *, struct value *); static struct value *value_val_atr (struct type *, struct value *); static struct symbol *standard_lookup (const char *, const struct block *, domain_enum); static struct value *ada_search_struct_field (char *, struct value *, int, struct type *); static struct value *ada_value_primitive_field (struct value *, int, int, struct type *); static int find_struct_field (const char *, struct type *, int, struct type **, int *, int *, int *, int *); static struct value *ada_to_fixed_value_create (struct type *, CORE_ADDR, struct value *); static int ada_resolve_function (struct ada_symbol_info *, int, struct value **, int, const char *, struct type *); static int ada_is_direct_array_type (struct type *); static void ada_language_arch_info (struct gdbarch *, struct language_arch_info *); static void check_size (const struct type *); static struct value *ada_index_struct_field (int, struct value *, int, struct type *); static struct value *assign_aggregate (struct value *, struct value *, struct expression *, int *, enum noside); static void aggregate_assign_from_choices (struct value *, struct value *, struct expression *, int *, LONGEST *, int *, int, LONGEST, LONGEST); static void aggregate_assign_positional (struct value *, struct value *, struct expression *, int *, LONGEST *, int *, int, LONGEST, LONGEST); static void aggregate_assign_others (struct value *, struct value *, struct expression *, int *, LONGEST *, int, LONGEST, LONGEST); static void add_component_interval (LONGEST, LONGEST, LONGEST *, int *, int); static struct value *ada_evaluate_subexp (struct type *, struct expression *, int *, enum noside); static void ada_forward_operator_length (struct expression *, int, int *, int *); static struct type *ada_find_any_type (const char *name); /* Maximum-sized dynamic type. */ static unsigned int varsize_limit; /* FIXME: brobecker/2003-09-17: No longer a const because it is returned by a function that does not return a const char *. */ static char *ada_completer_word_break_characters = #ifdef VMS " \t\n!@#%^&*()+=|~`}{[]\";:?/,-"; #else " \t\n!@#$%^&*()+=|~`}{[]\";:?/,-"; #endif /* The name of the symbol to use to get the name of the main subprogram. */ static const char ADA_MAIN_PROGRAM_SYMBOL_NAME[] = "__gnat_ada_main_program_name"; /* Limit on the number of warnings to raise per expression evaluation. */ static int warning_limit = 2; /* Number of warning messages issued; reset to 0 by cleanups after expression evaluation. */ static int warnings_issued = 0; static const char *known_runtime_file_name_patterns[] = { ADA_KNOWN_RUNTIME_FILE_NAME_PATTERNS NULL }; static const char *known_auxiliary_function_name_patterns[] = { ADA_KNOWN_AUXILIARY_FUNCTION_NAME_PATTERNS NULL }; /* Space for allocating results of ada_lookup_symbol_list. */ static struct obstack symbol_list_obstack; /* Inferior-specific data. */ /* Per-inferior data for this module. */ struct ada_inferior_data { /* The ada__tags__type_specific_data type, which is used when decoding tagged types. With older versions of GNAT, this type was directly accessible through a component ("tsd") in the object tag. But this is no longer the case, so we cache it for each inferior. */ struct type *tsd_type; /* The exception_support_info data. This data is used to determine how to implement support for Ada exception catchpoints in a given inferior. */ const struct exception_support_info *exception_info; }; /* Our key to this module's inferior data. */ static const struct inferior_data *ada_inferior_data; /* A cleanup routine for our inferior data. */ static void ada_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg) { struct ada_inferior_data *data; data = inferior_data (inf, ada_inferior_data); if (data != NULL) xfree (data); } /* Return our inferior data for the given inferior (INF). This function always returns a valid pointer to an allocated ada_inferior_data structure. If INF's inferior data has not been previously set, this functions creates a new one with all fields set to zero, sets INF's inferior to it, and then returns a pointer to that newly allocated ada_inferior_data. */ static struct ada_inferior_data * get_ada_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf) { struct ada_inferior_data *data; data = inferior_data (inf, ada_inferior_data); if (data == NULL) { data = XZALLOC (struct ada_inferior_data); set_inferior_data (inf, ada_inferior_data, data); } return data; } /* Perform all necessary cleanups regarding our module's inferior data that is required after the inferior INF just exited. */ static void ada_inferior_exit (struct inferior *inf) { ada_inferior_data_cleanup (inf, NULL); set_inferior_data (inf, ada_inferior_data, NULL); } /* Utilities */ /* If TYPE is a TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF type, return the target type after all typedef layers have been peeled. Otherwise, return TYPE. Normally, we really expect a typedef type to only have 1 typedef layer. In other words, we really expect the target type of a typedef type to be a non-typedef type. This is particularly true for Ada units, because the language does not have a typedef vs not-typedef distinction. In that respect, the Ada compiler has been trying to eliminate as many typedef definitions in the debugging information, since they generally do not bring any extra information (we still use typedef under certain circumstances related mostly to the GNAT encoding). Unfortunately, we have seen situations where the debugging information generated by the compiler leads to such multiple typedef layers. For instance, consider the following example with stabs: .stabs "pck__float_array___XUP:Tt(0,46)=s16P_ARRAY:(0,47)=[...]"[...] .stabs "pck__float_array___XUP:t(0,36)=(0,46)",128,0,6,0 This is an error in the debugging information which causes type pck__float_array___XUP to be defined twice, and the second time, it is defined as a typedef of a typedef. This is on the fringe of legality as far as debugging information is concerned, and certainly unexpected. But it is easy to handle these situations correctly, so we can afford to be lenient in this case. */ static struct type * ada_typedef_target_type (struct type *type) { while (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF) type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); return type; } /* Given DECODED_NAME a string holding a symbol name in its decoded form (ie using the Ada dotted notation), returns its unqualified name. */ static const char * ada_unqualified_name (const char *decoded_name) { const char *result = strrchr (decoded_name, '.'); if (result != NULL) result++; /* Skip the dot... */ else result = decoded_name; return result; } /* Return a string starting with '<', followed by STR, and '>'. The result is good until the next call. */ static char * add_angle_brackets (const char *str) { static char *result = NULL; xfree (result); result = xstrprintf ("<%s>", str); return result; } static char * ada_get_gdb_completer_word_break_characters (void) { return ada_completer_word_break_characters; } /* Print an array element index using the Ada syntax. */ static void ada_print_array_index (struct value *index_value, struct ui_file *stream, const struct value_print_options *options) { LA_VALUE_PRINT (index_value, stream, options); fprintf_filtered (stream, " => "); } /* Assuming VECT points to an array of *SIZE objects of size ELEMENT_SIZE, grow it to contain at least MIN_SIZE objects, updating *SIZE as necessary and returning the (new) array. */ void * grow_vect (void *vect, size_t *size, size_t min_size, int element_size) { if (*size < min_size) { *size *= 2; if (*size < min_size) *size = min_size; vect = xrealloc (vect, *size * element_size); } return vect; } /* True (non-zero) iff TARGET matches FIELD_NAME up to any trailing suffix of FIELD_NAME beginning "___". */ static int field_name_match (const char *field_name, const char *target) { int len = strlen (target); return (strncmp (field_name, target, len) == 0 && (field_name[len] == '\0' || (strncmp (field_name + len, "___", 3) == 0 && strcmp (field_name + strlen (field_name) - 6, "___XVN") != 0))); } /* Assuming TYPE is a TYPE_CODE_STRUCT or a TYPE_CODE_TYPDEF to a TYPE_CODE_STRUCT, find the field whose name matches FIELD_NAME, and return its index. This function also handles fields whose name have ___ suffixes because the compiler sometimes alters their name by adding such a suffix to represent fields with certain constraints. If the field could not be found, return a negative number if MAYBE_MISSING is set. Otherwise raise an error. */ int ada_get_field_index (const struct type *type, const char *field_name, int maybe_missing) { int fieldno; struct type *struct_type = check_typedef ((struct type *) type); for (fieldno = 0; fieldno < TYPE_NFIELDS (struct_type); fieldno++) if (field_name_match (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (struct_type, fieldno), field_name)) return fieldno; if (!maybe_missing) error (_("Unable to find field %s in struct %s. Aborting"), field_name, TYPE_NAME (struct_type)); return -1; } /* The length of the prefix of NAME prior to any "___" suffix. */ int ada_name_prefix_len (const char *name) { if (name == NULL) return 0; else { const char *p = strstr (name, "___"); if (p == NULL) return strlen (name); else return p - name; } } /* Return non-zero if SUFFIX is a suffix of STR. Return zero if STR is null. */ static int is_suffix (const char *str, const char *suffix) { int len1, len2; if (str == NULL) return 0; len1 = strlen (str); len2 = strlen (suffix); return (len1 >= len2 && strcmp (str + len1 - len2, suffix) == 0); } /* The contents of value VAL, treated as a value of type TYPE. The result is an lval in memory if VAL is. */ static struct value * coerce_unspec_val_to_type (struct value *val, struct type *type) { type = ada_check_typedef (type); if (value_type (val) == type) return val; else { struct value *result; /* Make sure that the object size is not unreasonable before trying to allocate some memory for it. */ check_size (type); if (value_lazy (val) || TYPE_LENGTH (type) > TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (val))) result = allocate_value_lazy (type); else { result = allocate_value (type); memcpy (value_contents_raw (result), value_contents (val), TYPE_LENGTH (type)); } set_value_component_location (result, val); set_value_bitsize (result, value_bitsize (val)); set_value_bitpos (result, value_bitpos (val)); set_value_address (result, value_address (val)); set_value_optimized_out (result, value_optimized_out (val)); return result; } } static const gdb_byte * cond_offset_host (const gdb_byte *valaddr, long offset) { if (valaddr == NULL) return NULL; else return valaddr + offset; } static CORE_ADDR cond_offset_target (CORE_ADDR address, long offset) { if (address == 0) return 0; else return address + offset; } /* Issue a warning (as for the definition of warning in utils.c, but with exactly one argument rather than ...), unless the limit on the number of warnings has passed during the evaluation of the current expression. */ /* FIXME: cagney/2004-10-10: This function is mimicking the behavior provided by "complaint". */ static void lim_warning (const char *format, ...) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF (1, 2); static void lim_warning (const char *format, ...) { va_list args; va_start (args, format); warnings_issued += 1; if (warnings_issued <= warning_limit) vwarning (format, args); va_end (args); } /* Issue an error if the size of an object of type T is unreasonable, i.e. if it would be a bad idea to allocate a value of this type in GDB. */ static void check_size (const struct type *type) { if (TYPE_LENGTH (type) > varsize_limit) error (_("object size is larger than varsize-limit")); } /* Maximum value of a SIZE-byte signed integer type. */ static LONGEST max_of_size (int size) { LONGEST top_bit = (LONGEST) 1 << (size * 8 - 2); return top_bit | (top_bit - 1); } /* Minimum value of a SIZE-byte signed integer type. */ static LONGEST min_of_size (int size) { return -max_of_size (size) - 1; } /* Maximum value of a SIZE-byte unsigned integer type. */ static ULONGEST umax_of_size (int size) { ULONGEST top_bit = (ULONGEST) 1 << (size * 8 - 1); return top_bit | (top_bit - 1); } /* Maximum value of integral type T, as a signed quantity. */ static LONGEST max_of_type (struct type *t) { if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (t)) return (LONGEST) umax_of_size (TYPE_LENGTH (t)); else return max_of_size (TYPE_LENGTH (t)); } /* Minimum value of integral type T, as a signed quantity. */ static LONGEST min_of_type (struct type *t) { if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (t)) return 0; else return min_of_size (TYPE_LENGTH (t)); } /* The largest value in the domain of TYPE, a discrete type, as an integer. */ LONGEST ada_discrete_type_high_bound (struct type *type) { switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) { case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: return TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (type); case TYPE_CODE_ENUM: return TYPE_FIELD_ENUMVAL (type, TYPE_NFIELDS (type) - 1); case TYPE_CODE_BOOL: return 1; case TYPE_CODE_CHAR: case TYPE_CODE_INT: return max_of_type (type); default: error (_("Unexpected type in ada_discrete_type_high_bound.")); } } /* The smallest value in the domain of TYPE, a discrete type, as an integer. */ LONGEST ada_discrete_type_low_bound (struct type *type) { switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) { case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: return TYPE_LOW_BOUND (type); case TYPE_CODE_ENUM: return TYPE_FIELD_ENUMVAL (type, 0); case TYPE_CODE_BOOL: return 0; case TYPE_CODE_CHAR: case TYPE_CODE_INT: return min_of_type (type); default: error (_("Unexpected type in ada_discrete_type_low_bound.")); } } /* The identity on non-range types. For range types, the underlying non-range scalar type. */ static struct type * get_base_type (struct type *type) { while (type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE) { if (type == TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) || TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) == NULL) return type; type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); } return type; } /* Return a decoded version of the given VALUE. This means returning a value whose type is obtained by applying all the GNAT-specific encondings, making the resulting type a static but standard description of the initial type. */ struct value * ada_get_decoded_value (struct value *value) { struct type *type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (value)); if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type) || (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type) && TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR)) { if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF) /* array access type. */ value = ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (value); else value = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (value); } else value = ada_to_fixed_value (value); return value; } /* Same as ada_get_decoded_value, but with the given TYPE. Because there is no associated actual value for this type, the resulting type might be a best-effort approximation in the case of dynamic types. */ struct type * ada_get_decoded_type (struct type *type) { type = to_static_fixed_type (type); if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type)) type = ada_coerce_to_simple_array_type (type); return type; } /* Language Selection */ /* If the main program is in Ada, return language_ada, otherwise return LANG (the main program is in Ada iif the adainit symbol is found). */ enum language ada_update_initial_language (enum language lang) { if (lookup_minimal_symbol ("adainit", (const char *) NULL, (struct objfile *) NULL) != NULL) return language_ada; return lang; } /* If the main procedure is written in Ada, then return its name. The result is good until the next call. Return NULL if the main procedure doesn't appear to be in Ada. */ char * ada_main_name (void) { struct minimal_symbol *msym; static char *main_program_name = NULL; /* For Ada, the name of the main procedure is stored in a specific string constant, generated by the binder. Look for that symbol, extract its address, and then read that string. If we didn't find that string, then most probably the main procedure is not written in Ada. */ msym = lookup_minimal_symbol (ADA_MAIN_PROGRAM_SYMBOL_NAME, NULL, NULL); if (msym != NULL) { CORE_ADDR main_program_name_addr; int err_code; main_program_name_addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msym); if (main_program_name_addr == 0) error (_("Invalid address for Ada main program name.")); xfree (main_program_name); target_read_string (main_program_name_addr, &main_program_name, 1024, &err_code); if (err_code != 0) return NULL; return main_program_name; } /* The main procedure doesn't seem to be in Ada. */ return NULL; } /* Symbols */ /* Table of Ada operators and their GNAT-encoded names. Last entry is pair of NULLs. */ const struct ada_opname_map ada_opname_table[] = { {"Oadd", "\"+\"", BINOP_ADD}, {"Osubtract", "\"-\"", BINOP_SUB}, {"Omultiply", "\"*\"", BINOP_MUL}, {"Odivide", "\"/\"", BINOP_DIV}, {"Omod", "\"mod\"", BINOP_MOD}, {"Orem", "\"rem\"", BINOP_REM}, {"Oexpon", "\"**\"", BINOP_EXP}, {"Olt", "\"<\"", BINOP_LESS}, {"Ole", "\"<=\"", BINOP_LEQ}, {"Ogt", "\">\"", BINOP_GTR}, {"Oge", "\">=\"", BINOP_GEQ}, {"Oeq", "\"=\"", BINOP_EQUAL}, {"One", "\"/=\"", BINOP_NOTEQUAL}, {"Oand", "\"and\"", BINOP_BITWISE_AND}, {"Oor", "\"or\"", BINOP_BITWISE_IOR}, {"Oxor", "\"xor\"", BINOP_BITWISE_XOR}, {"Oconcat", "\"&\"", BINOP_CONCAT}, {"Oabs", "\"abs\"", UNOP_ABS}, {"Onot", "\"not\"", UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT}, {"Oadd", "\"+\"", UNOP_PLUS}, {"Osubtract", "\"-\"", UNOP_NEG}, {NULL, NULL} }; /* The "encoded" form of DECODED, according to GNAT conventions. The result is valid until the next call to ada_encode. */ char * ada_encode (const char *decoded) { static char *encoding_buffer = NULL; static size_t encoding_buffer_size = 0; const char *p; int k; if (decoded == NULL) return NULL; GROW_VECT (encoding_buffer, encoding_buffer_size, 2 * strlen (decoded) + 10); k = 0; for (p = decoded; *p != '\0'; p += 1) { if (*p == '.') { encoding_buffer[k] = encoding_buffer[k + 1] = '_'; k += 2; } else if (*p == '"') { const struct ada_opname_map *mapping; for (mapping = ada_opname_table; mapping->encoded != NULL && strncmp (mapping->decoded, p, strlen (mapping->decoded)) != 0; mapping += 1) ; if (mapping->encoded == NULL) error (_("invalid Ada operator name: %s"), p); strcpy (encoding_buffer + k, mapping->encoded); k += strlen (mapping->encoded); break; } else { encoding_buffer[k] = *p; k += 1; } } encoding_buffer[k] = '\0'; return encoding_buffer; } /* Return NAME folded to lower case, or, if surrounded by single quotes, unfolded, but with the quotes stripped away. Result good to next call. */ char * ada_fold_name (const char *name) { static char *fold_buffer = NULL; static size_t fold_buffer_size = 0; int len = strlen (name); GROW_VECT (fold_buffer, fold_buffer_size, len + 1); if (name[0] == '\'') { strncpy (fold_buffer, name + 1, len - 2); fold_buffer[len - 2] = '\000'; } else { int i; for (i = 0; i <= len; i += 1) fold_buffer[i] = tolower (name[i]); } return fold_buffer; } /* Return nonzero if C is either a digit or a lowercase alphabet character. */ static int is_lower_alphanum (const char c) { return (isdigit (c) || (isalpha (c) && islower (c))); } /* ENCODED is the linkage name of a symbol and LEN contains its length. This function saves in LEN the length of that same symbol name but without either of these suffixes: . .{DIGIT}+ . ${DIGIT}+ . ___{DIGIT}+ . __{DIGIT}+. These are suffixes introduced by the compiler for entities such as nested subprogram for instance, in order to avoid name clashes. They do not serve any purpose for the debugger. */ static void ada_remove_trailing_digits (const char *encoded, int *len) { if (*len > 1 && isdigit (encoded[*len - 1])) { int i = *len - 2; while (i > 0 && isdigit (encoded[i])) i--; if (i >= 0 && encoded[i] == '.') *len = i; else if (i >= 0 && encoded[i] == '$') *len = i; else if (i >= 2 && strncmp (encoded + i - 2, "___", 3) == 0) *len = i - 2; else if (i >= 1 && strncmp (encoded + i - 1, "__", 2) == 0) *len = i - 1; } } /* Remove the suffix introduced by the compiler for protected object subprograms. */ static void ada_remove_po_subprogram_suffix (const char *encoded, int *len) { /* Remove trailing N. */ /* Protected entry subprograms are broken into two separate subprograms: The first one is unprotected, and has a 'N' suffix; the second is the protected version, and has the 'P' suffix. The second calls the first one after handling the protection. Since the P subprograms are internally generated, we leave these names undecoded, giving the user a clue that this entity is internal. */ if (*len > 1 && encoded[*len - 1] == 'N' && (isdigit (encoded[*len - 2]) || islower (encoded[*len - 2]))) *len = *len - 1; } /* Remove trailing X[bn]* suffixes (indicating names in package bodies). */ static void ada_remove_Xbn_suffix (const char *encoded, int *len) { int i = *len - 1; while (i > 0 && (encoded[i] == 'b' || encoded[i] == 'n')) i--; if (encoded[i] != 'X') return; if (i == 0) return; if (isalnum (encoded[i-1])) *len = i; } /* If ENCODED follows the GNAT entity encoding conventions, then return the decoded form of ENCODED. Otherwise, return "<%s>" where "%s" is replaced by ENCODED. The resulting string is valid until the next call of ada_decode. If the string is unchanged by decoding, the original string pointer is returned. */ const char * ada_decode (const char *encoded) { int i, j; int len0; const char *p; char *decoded; int at_start_name; static char *decoding_buffer = NULL; static size_t decoding_buffer_size = 0; /* The name of the Ada main procedure starts with "_ada_". This prefix is not part of the decoded name, so skip this part if we see this prefix. */ if (strncmp (encoded, "_ada_", 5) == 0) encoded += 5; /* If the name starts with '_', then it is not a properly encoded name, so do not attempt to decode it. Similarly, if the name starts with '<', the name should not be decoded. */ if (encoded[0] == '_' || encoded[0] == '<') goto Suppress; len0 = strlen (encoded); ada_remove_trailing_digits (encoded, &len0); ada_remove_po_subprogram_suffix (encoded, &len0); /* Remove the ___X.* suffix if present. Do not forget to verify that the suffix is located before the current "end" of ENCODED. We want to avoid re-matching parts of ENCODED that have previously been marked as discarded (by decrementing LEN0). */ p = strstr (encoded, "___"); if (p != NULL && p - encoded < len0 - 3) { if (p[3] == 'X') len0 = p - encoded; else goto Suppress; } /* Remove any trailing TKB suffix. It tells us that this symbol is for the body of a task, but that information does not actually appear in the decoded name. */ if (len0 > 3 && strncmp (encoded + len0 - 3, "TKB", 3) == 0) len0 -= 3; /* Remove any trailing TB suffix. The TB suffix is slightly different from the TKB suffix because it is used for non-anonymous task bodies. */ if (len0 > 2 && strncmp (encoded + len0 - 2, "TB", 2) == 0) len0 -= 2; /* Remove trailing "B" suffixes. */ /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-04-19: Not sure what this are used for... */ if (len0 > 1 && strncmp (encoded + len0 - 1, "B", 1) == 0) len0 -= 1; /* Make decoded big enough for possible expansion by operator name. */ GROW_VECT (decoding_buffer, decoding_buffer_size, 2 * len0 + 1); decoded = decoding_buffer; /* Remove trailing __{digit}+ or trailing ${digit}+. */ if (len0 > 1 && isdigit (encoded[len0 - 1])) { i = len0 - 2; while ((i >= 0 && isdigit (encoded[i])) || (i >= 1 && encoded[i] == '_' && isdigit (encoded[i - 1]))) i -= 1; if (i > 1 && encoded[i] == '_' && encoded[i - 1] == '_') len0 = i - 1; else if (encoded[i] == '$') len0 = i; } /* The first few characters that are not alphabetic are not part of any encoding we use, so we can copy them over verbatim. */ for (i = 0, j = 0; i < len0 && !isalpha (encoded[i]); i += 1, j += 1) decoded[j] = encoded[i]; at_start_name = 1; while (i < len0) { /* Is this a symbol function? */ if (at_start_name && encoded[i] == 'O') { int k; for (k = 0; ada_opname_table[k].encoded != NULL; k += 1) { int op_len = strlen (ada_opname_table[k].encoded); if ((strncmp (ada_opname_table[k].encoded + 1, encoded + i + 1, op_len - 1) == 0) && !isalnum (encoded[i + op_len])) { strcpy (decoded + j, ada_opname_table[k].decoded); at_start_name = 0; i += op_len; j += strlen (ada_opname_table[k].decoded); break; } } if (ada_opname_table[k].encoded != NULL) continue; } at_start_name = 0; /* Replace "TK__" with "__", which will eventually be translated into "." (just below). */ if (i < len0 - 4 && strncmp (encoded + i, "TK__", 4) == 0) i += 2; /* Replace "__B_{DIGITS}+__" sequences by "__", which will eventually be translated into "." (just below). These are internal names generated for anonymous blocks inside which our symbol is nested. */ if (len0 - i > 5 && encoded [i] == '_' && encoded [i+1] == '_' && encoded [i+2] == 'B' && encoded [i+3] == '_' && isdigit (encoded [i+4])) { int k = i + 5; while (k < len0 && isdigit (encoded[k])) k++; /* Skip any extra digit. */ /* Double-check that the "__B_{DIGITS}+" sequence we found is indeed followed by "__". */ if (len0 - k > 2 && encoded [k] == '_' && encoded [k+1] == '_') i = k; } /* Remove _E{DIGITS}+[sb] */ /* Just as for protected object subprograms, there are 2 categories of subprograms created by the compiler for each entry. The first one implements the actual entry code, and has a suffix following the convention above; the second one implements the barrier and uses the same convention as above, except that the 'E' is replaced by a 'B'. Just as above, we do not decode the name of barrier functions to give the user a clue that the code he is debugging has been internally generated. */ if (len0 - i > 3 && encoded [i] == '_' && encoded[i+1] == 'E' && isdigit (encoded[i+2])) { int k = i + 3; while (k < len0 && isdigit (encoded[k])) k++; if (k < len0 && (encoded[k] == 'b' || encoded[k] == 's')) { k++; /* Just as an extra precaution, make sure that if this suffix is followed by anything else, it is a '_'. Otherwise, we matched this sequence by accident. */ if (k == len0 || (k < len0 && encoded[k] == '_')) i = k; } } /* Remove trailing "N" in [a-z0-9]+N__. The N is added by the GNAT front-end in protected object subprograms. */ if (i < len0 + 3 && encoded[i] == 'N' && encoded[i+1] == '_' && encoded[i+2] == '_') { /* Backtrack a bit up until we reach either the begining of the encoded name, or "__". Make sure that we only find digits or lowercase characters. */ const char *ptr = encoded + i - 1; while (ptr >= encoded && is_lower_alphanum (ptr[0])) ptr--; if (ptr < encoded || (ptr > encoded && ptr[0] == '_' && ptr[-1] == '_')) i++; } if (encoded[i] == 'X' && i != 0 && isalnum (encoded[i - 1])) { /* This is a X[bn]* sequence not separated from the previous part of the name with a non-alpha-numeric character (in other words, immediately following an alpha-numeric character), then verify that it is placed at the end of the encoded name. If not, then the encoding is not valid and we should abort the decoding. Otherwise, just skip it, it is used in body-nested package names. */ do i += 1; while (i < len0 && (encoded[i] == 'b' || encoded[i] == 'n')); if (i < len0) goto Suppress; } else if (i < len0 - 2 && encoded[i] == '_' && encoded[i + 1] == '_') { /* Replace '__' by '.'. */ decoded[j] = '.'; at_start_name = 1; i += 2; j += 1; } else { /* It's a character part of the decoded name, so just copy it over. */ decoded[j] = encoded[i]; i += 1; j += 1; } } decoded[j] = '\000'; /* Decoded names should never contain any uppercase character. Double-check this, and abort the decoding if we find one. */ for (i = 0; decoded[i] != '\0'; i += 1) if (isupper (decoded[i]) || decoded[i] == ' ') goto Suppress; if (strcmp (decoded, encoded) == 0) return encoded; else return decoded; Suppress: GROW_VECT (decoding_buffer, decoding_buffer_size, strlen (encoded) + 3); decoded = decoding_buffer; if (encoded[0] == '<') strcpy (decoded, encoded); else xsnprintf (decoded, decoding_buffer_size, "<%s>", encoded); return decoded; } /* Table for keeping permanent unique copies of decoded names. Once allocated, names in this table are never released. While this is a storage leak, it should not be significant unless there are massive changes in the set of decoded names in successive versions of a symbol table loaded during a single session. */ static struct htab *decoded_names_store; /* Returns the decoded name of GSYMBOL, as for ada_decode, caching it in the language-specific part of GSYMBOL, if it has not been previously computed. Tries to save the decoded name in the same obstack as GSYMBOL, if possible, and otherwise on the heap (so that, in any case, the decoded symbol has a lifetime at least that of GSYMBOL). The GSYMBOL parameter is "mutable" in the C++ sense: logically const, but nevertheless modified to a semantically equivalent form when a decoded name is cached in it. */ char * ada_decode_symbol (const struct general_symbol_info *gsymbol) { char **resultp = (char **) &gsymbol->language_specific.mangled_lang.demangled_name; if (*resultp == NULL) { const char *decoded = ada_decode (gsymbol->name); if (gsymbol->obj_section != NULL) { struct objfile *objf = gsymbol->obj_section->objfile; *resultp = obsavestring (decoded, strlen (decoded), &objf->objfile_obstack); } /* Sometimes, we can't find a corresponding objfile, in which case, we put the result on the heap. Since we only decode when needed, we hope this usually does not cause a significant memory leak (FIXME). */ if (*resultp == NULL) { char **slot = (char **) htab_find_slot (decoded_names_store, decoded, INSERT); if (*slot == NULL) *slot = xstrdup (decoded); *resultp = *slot; } } return *resultp; } static char * ada_la_decode (const char *encoded, int options) { return xstrdup (ada_decode (encoded)); } /* Returns non-zero iff SYM_NAME matches NAME, ignoring any trailing suffixes that encode debugging information or leading _ada_ on SYM_NAME (see is_name_suffix commentary for the debugging information that is ignored). If WILD, then NAME need only match a suffix of SYM_NAME minus the same suffixes. Also returns 0 if either argument is NULL. */ static int match_name (const char *sym_name, const char *name, int wild) { if (sym_name == NULL || name == NULL) return 0; else if (wild) return wild_match (sym_name, name) == 0; else { int len_name = strlen (name); return (strncmp (sym_name, name, len_name) == 0 && is_name_suffix (sym_name + len_name)) || (strncmp (sym_name, "_ada_", 5) == 0 && strncmp (sym_name + 5, name, len_name) == 0 && is_name_suffix (sym_name + len_name + 5)); } } /* Arrays */ /* Assuming that INDEX_DESC_TYPE is an ___XA structure, a structure generated by the GNAT compiler to describe the index type used for each dimension of an array, check whether it follows the latest known encoding. If not, fix it up to conform to the latest encoding. Otherwise, do nothing. This function also does nothing if INDEX_DESC_TYPE is NULL. The GNAT encoding used to describle the array index type evolved a bit. Initially, the information would be provided through the name of each field of the structure type only, while the type of these fields was described as unspecified and irrelevant. The debugger was then expected to perform a global type lookup using the name of that field in order to get access to the full index type description. Because these global lookups can be very expensive, the encoding was later enhanced to make the global lookup unnecessary by defining the field type as being the full index type description. The purpose of this routine is to allow us to support older versions of the compiler by detecting the use of the older encoding, and by fixing up the INDEX_DESC_TYPE to follow the new one (at this point, we essentially replace each field's meaningless type by the associated index subtype). */ void ada_fixup_array_indexes_type (struct type *index_desc_type) { int i; if (index_desc_type == NULL) return; gdb_assert (TYPE_NFIELDS (index_desc_type) > 0); /* Check if INDEX_DESC_TYPE follows the older encoding (it is sufficient to check one field only, no need to check them all). If not, return now. If our INDEX_DESC_TYPE was generated using the older encoding, the field type should be a meaningless integer type whose name is not equal to the field name. */ if (TYPE_NAME (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (index_desc_type, 0)) != NULL && strcmp (TYPE_NAME (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (index_desc_type, 0)), TYPE_FIELD_NAME (index_desc_type, 0)) == 0) return; /* Fixup each field of INDEX_DESC_TYPE. */ for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (index_desc_type); i++) { const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (index_desc_type, i); struct type *raw_type = ada_check_typedef (ada_find_any_type (name)); if (raw_type) TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (index_desc_type, i) = raw_type; } } /* Names of MAX_ADA_DIMENS bounds in P_BOUNDS fields of array descriptors. */ static char *bound_name[] = { "LB0", "UB0", "LB1", "UB1", "LB2", "UB2", "LB3", "UB3", "LB4", "UB4", "LB5", "UB5", "LB6", "UB6", "LB7", "UB7" }; /* Maximum number of array dimensions we are prepared to handle. */ #define MAX_ADA_DIMENS (sizeof(bound_name) / (2*sizeof(char *))) /* The desc_* routines return primitive portions of array descriptors (fat pointers). */ /* The descriptor or array type, if any, indicated by TYPE; removes level of indirection, if needed. */ static struct type * desc_base_type (struct type *type) { if (type == NULL) return NULL; type = ada_check_typedef (type); if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF) type = ada_typedef_target_type (type); if (type != NULL && (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_REF)) return ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); else return type; } /* True iff TYPE indicates a "thin" array pointer type. */ static int is_thin_pntr (struct type *type) { return is_suffix (ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type)), "___XUT") || is_suffix (ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type)), "___XUT___XVE"); } /* The descriptor type for thin pointer type TYPE. */ static struct type * thin_descriptor_type (struct type *type) { struct type *base_type = desc_base_type (type); if (base_type == NULL) return NULL; if (is_suffix (ada_type_name (base_type), "___XVE")) return base_type; else { struct type *alt_type = ada_find_parallel_type (base_type, "___XVE"); if (alt_type == NULL) return base_type; else return alt_type; } } /* A pointer to the array data for thin-pointer value VAL. */ static struct value * thin_data_pntr (struct value *val) { struct type *type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (val)); struct type *data_type = desc_data_target_type (thin_descriptor_type (type)); data_type = lookup_pointer_type (data_type); if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) return value_cast (data_type, value_copy (val)); else return value_from_longest (data_type, value_address (val)); } /* True iff TYPE indicates a "thick" array pointer type. */ static int is_thick_pntr (struct type *type) { type = desc_base_type (type); return (type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT && lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_BOUNDS", 1) != NULL); } /* If TYPE is the type of an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer) or a pointer to one, the type of its bounds data; otherwise, NULL. */ static struct type * desc_bounds_type (struct type *type) { struct type *r; type = desc_base_type (type); if (type == NULL) return NULL; else if (is_thin_pntr (type)) { type = thin_descriptor_type (type); if (type == NULL) return NULL; r = lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "BOUNDS", 1); if (r != NULL) return ada_check_typedef (r); } else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) { r = lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_BOUNDS", 1); if (r != NULL) return ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ada_check_typedef (r))); } return NULL; } /* If ARR is an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer), or pointer to one, a pointer to its bounds data. Otherwise NULL. */ static struct value * desc_bounds (struct value *arr) { struct type *type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (arr)); if (is_thin_pntr (type)) { struct type *bounds_type = desc_bounds_type (thin_descriptor_type (type)); LONGEST addr; if (bounds_type == NULL) error (_("Bad GNAT array descriptor")); /* NOTE: The following calculation is not really kosher, but since desc_type is an XVE-encoded type (and shouldn't be), the correct calculation is a real pain. FIXME (and fix GCC). */ if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) addr = value_as_long (arr); else addr = value_address (arr); return value_from_longest (lookup_pointer_type (bounds_type), addr - TYPE_LENGTH (bounds_type)); } else if (is_thick_pntr (type)) { struct value *p_bounds = value_struct_elt (&arr, NULL, "P_BOUNDS", NULL, _("Bad GNAT array descriptor")); struct type *p_bounds_type = value_type (p_bounds); if (p_bounds_type && TYPE_CODE (p_bounds_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) { struct type *target_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (p_bounds_type); if (TYPE_STUB (target_type)) p_bounds = value_cast (lookup_pointer_type (ada_check_typedef (target_type)), p_bounds); } else error (_("Bad GNAT array descriptor")); return p_bounds; } else return NULL; } /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit position of the field containing the address of the bounds data. */ static int fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (struct type *type) { return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type), 1); } /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit size of the field containing the address of the bounds data. */ static int fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (struct type *type) { type = desc_base_type (type); if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 1) > 0) return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 1); else return 8 * TYPE_LENGTH (ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 1))); } /* If TYPE is the type of an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer) or a pointer to one, the type of its array data (a array-with-no-bounds type); otherwise, NULL. Use ada_type_of_array to get an array type with bounds data. */ static struct type * desc_data_target_type (struct type *type) { type = desc_base_type (type); /* NOTE: The following is bogus; see comment in desc_bounds. */ if (is_thin_pntr (type)) return desc_base_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (thin_descriptor_type (type), 1)); else if (is_thick_pntr (type)) { struct type *data_type = lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_ARRAY", 1); if (data_type && TYPE_CODE (ada_check_typedef (data_type)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) return ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (data_type)); } return NULL; } /* If ARR is an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer), a pointer to its array data. */ static struct value * desc_data (struct value *arr) { struct type *type = value_type (arr); if (is_thin_pntr (type)) return thin_data_pntr (arr); else if (is_thick_pntr (type)) return value_struct_elt (&arr, NULL, "P_ARRAY", NULL, _("Bad GNAT array descriptor")); else return NULL; } /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit position of the field containing the address of the data. */ static int fat_pntr_data_bitpos (struct type *type) { return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type), 0); } /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit size of the field containing the address of the data. */ static int fat_pntr_data_bitsize (struct type *type) { type = desc_base_type (type); if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 0) > 0) return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 0); else return TARGET_CHAR_BIT * TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0)); } /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure (or pointer to one), return the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */ static struct value * desc_one_bound (struct value *bounds, int i, int which) { return value_struct_elt (&bounds, NULL, bound_name[2 * i + which - 2], NULL, _("Bad GNAT array descriptor bounds")); } /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure type, return the bit position of the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */ static int desc_bound_bitpos (struct type *type, int i, int which) { return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type), 2 * i + which - 2); } /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure type, return the bit field size of the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */ static int desc_bound_bitsize (struct type *type, int i, int which) { type = desc_base_type (type); if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 2 * i + which - 2) > 0) return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 2 * i + which - 2); else return 8 * TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 2 * i + which - 2)); } /* If TYPE is the type of an array-bounds structure, the type of its Ith bound (numbering from 1). Otherwise, NULL. */ static struct type * desc_index_type (struct type *type, int i) { type = desc_base_type (type); if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) return lookup_struct_elt_type (type, bound_name[2 * i - 2], 1); else return NULL; } /* The number of index positions in the array-bounds type TYPE. Return 0 if TYPE is NULL. */ static int desc_arity (struct type *type) { type = desc_base_type (type); if (type != NULL) return TYPE_NFIELDS (type) / 2; return 0; } /* Non-zero iff TYPE is a simple array type (not a pointer to one) or an array descriptor type (representing an unconstrained array type). */ static int ada_is_direct_array_type (struct type *type) { if (type == NULL) return 0; type = ada_check_typedef (type); return (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY || ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type)); } /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents any kind of array in Ada, or a pointer * to one. */ static int ada_is_array_type (struct type *type) { while (type != NULL && (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_REF)) type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); return ada_is_direct_array_type (type); } /* Non-zero iff TYPE is a simple array type or pointer to one. */ int ada_is_simple_array_type (struct type *type) { if (type == NULL) return 0; type = ada_check_typedef (type); return (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY || (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR && TYPE_CODE (ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type))) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)); } /* Non-zero iff TYPE belongs to a GNAT array descriptor. */ int ada_is_array_descriptor_type (struct type *type) { struct type *data_type = desc_data_target_type (type); if (type == NULL) return 0; type = ada_check_typedef (type); return (data_type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (data_type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY && desc_arity (desc_bounds_type (type)) > 0); } /* Non-zero iff type is a partially mal-formed GNAT array descriptor. FIXME: This is to compensate for some problems with debugging output from GNAT. Re-examine periodically to see if it is still needed. */ int ada_is_bogus_array_descriptor (struct type *type) { return type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT && (lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_BOUNDS", 1) != NULL || lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_ARRAY", 1) != NULL) && !ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type); } /* If ARR has a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array descriptor, (fat pointer) returns the type of the array data described---specifically, a pointer-to-array type. If BOUNDS is non-zero, the bounds data are filled in from the descriptor; otherwise, they are left unspecified. If the ARR denotes a null array descriptor and BOUNDS is non-zero, returns NULL. The result is simply the type of ARR if ARR is not a descriptor. */ struct type * ada_type_of_array (struct value *arr, int bounds) { if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr))) return decode_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr)); if (!ada_is_array_descriptor_type (value_type (arr))) return value_type (arr); if (!bounds) { struct type *array_type = ada_check_typedef (desc_data_target_type (value_type (arr))); if (ada_is_unconstrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr))) TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (array_type, 0) = decode_packed_array_bitsize (value_type (arr)); return array_type; } else { struct type *elt_type; int arity; struct value *descriptor; elt_type = ada_array_element_type (value_type (arr), -1); arity = ada_array_arity (value_type (arr)); if (elt_type == NULL || arity == 0) return ada_check_typedef (value_type (arr)); descriptor = desc_bounds (arr); if (value_as_long (descriptor) == 0) return NULL; while (arity > 0) { struct type *range_type = alloc_type_copy (value_type (arr)); struct type *array_type = alloc_type_copy (value_type (arr)); struct value *low = desc_one_bound (descriptor, arity, 0); struct value *high = desc_one_bound (descriptor, arity, 1); arity -= 1; create_range_type (range_type, value_type (low), longest_to_int (value_as_long (low)), longest_to_int (value_as_long (high))); elt_type = create_array_type (array_type, elt_type, range_type); if (ada_is_unconstrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr))) { /* We need to store the element packed bitsize, as well as recompute the array size, because it was previously computed based on the unpacked element size. */ LONGEST lo = value_as_long (low); LONGEST hi = value_as_long (high); TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0) = decode_packed_array_bitsize (value_type (arr)); /* If the array has no element, then the size is already zero, and does not need to be recomputed. */ if (lo < hi) { int array_bitsize = (hi - lo + 1) * TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0); TYPE_LENGTH (array_type) = (array_bitsize + 7) / 8; } } } return lookup_pointer_type (elt_type); } } /* If ARR does not represent an array, returns ARR unchanged. Otherwise, returns either a standard GDB array with bounds set appropriately or, if ARR is a non-null fat pointer, a pointer to a standard GDB array. Returns NULL if ARR is a null fat pointer. */ struct value * ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (struct value *arr) { if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (value_type (arr))) { struct type *arrType = ada_type_of_array (arr, 1); if (arrType == NULL) return NULL; return value_cast (arrType, value_copy (desc_data (arr))); } else if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr))) return decode_constrained_packed_array (arr); else return arr; } /* If ARR does not represent an array, returns ARR unchanged. Otherwise, returns a standard GDB array describing ARR (which may be ARR itself if it already is in the proper form). */ struct value * ada_coerce_to_simple_array (struct value *arr) { if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (value_type (arr))) { struct value *arrVal = ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (arr); if (arrVal == NULL) error (_("Bounds unavailable for null array pointer.")); check_size (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (arrVal))); return value_ind (arrVal); } else if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr))) return decode_constrained_packed_array (arr); else return arr; } /* If TYPE represents a GNAT array type, return it translated to an ordinary GDB array type (possibly with BITSIZE fields indicating packing). For other types, is the identity. */ struct type * ada_coerce_to_simple_array_type (struct type *type) { if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type)) return decode_constrained_packed_array_type (type); if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type)) return ada_check_typedef (desc_data_target_type (type)); return type; } /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents a standard GNAT packed-array type. */ static int ada_is_packed_array_type (struct type *type) { if (type == NULL) return 0; type = desc_base_type (type); type = ada_check_typedef (type); return ada_type_name (type) != NULL && strstr (ada_type_name (type), "___XP") != NULL; } /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents a standard GNAT constrained packed-array type. */ int ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (struct type *type) { return ada_is_packed_array_type (type) && !ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type); } /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents an array descriptor for a unconstrained packed-array type. */ static int ada_is_unconstrained_packed_array_type (struct type *type) { return ada_is_packed_array_type (type) && ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type); } /* Given that TYPE encodes a packed array type (constrained or unconstrained), return the size of its elements in bits. */ static long decode_packed_array_bitsize (struct type *type) { const char *raw_name; const char *tail; long bits; /* Access to arrays implemented as fat pointers are encoded as a typedef of the fat pointer type. We need the name of the fat pointer type to do the decoding, so strip the typedef layer. */ if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF) type = ada_typedef_target_type (type); raw_name = ada_type_name (ada_check_typedef (type)); if (!raw_name) raw_name = ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type)); if (!raw_name) return 0; tail = strstr (raw_name, "___XP"); gdb_assert (tail != NULL); if (sscanf (tail + sizeof ("___XP") - 1, "%ld", &bits) != 1) { lim_warning (_("could not understand bit size information on packed array")); return 0; } return bits; } /* Given that TYPE is a standard GDB array type with all bounds filled in, and that the element size of its ultimate scalar constituents (that is, either its elements, or, if it is an array of arrays, its elements' elements, etc.) is *ELT_BITS, return an identical type, but with the bit sizes of its elements (and those of any constituent arrays) recorded in the BITSIZE components of its TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE values, and with *ELT_BITS set to its total size in bits. */ static struct type * constrained_packed_array_type (struct type *type, long *elt_bits) { struct type *new_elt_type; struct type *new_type; struct type *index_type_desc; struct type *index_type; LONGEST low_bound, high_bound; type = ada_check_typedef (type); if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) return type; index_type_desc = ada_find_parallel_type (type, "___XA"); if (index_type_desc) index_type = to_fixed_range_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (index_type_desc, 0), NULL); else index_type = TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type); new_type = alloc_type_copy (type); new_elt_type = constrained_packed_array_type (ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)), elt_bits); create_array_type (new_type, new_elt_type, index_type); TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (new_type, 0) = *elt_bits; TYPE_NAME (new_type) = ada_type_name (type); if (get_discrete_bounds (index_type, &low_bound, &high_bound) < 0) low_bound = high_bound = 0; if (high_bound < low_bound) *elt_bits = TYPE_LENGTH (new_type) = 0; else { *elt_bits *= (high_bound - low_bound + 1); TYPE_LENGTH (new_type) = (*elt_bits + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT; } TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (new_type) = 1; return new_type; } /* The array type encoded by TYPE, where ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (TYPE). */ static struct type * decode_constrained_packed_array_type (struct type *type) { const char *raw_name = ada_type_name (ada_check_typedef (type)); char *name; const char *tail; struct type *shadow_type; long bits; if (!raw_name) raw_name = ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type)); if (!raw_name) return NULL; name = (char *) alloca (strlen (raw_name) + 1); tail = strstr (raw_name, "___XP"); type = desc_base_type (type); memcpy (name, raw_name, tail - raw_name); name[tail - raw_name] = '\000'; shadow_type = ada_find_parallel_type_with_name (type, name); if (shadow_type == NULL) { lim_warning (_("could not find bounds information on packed array")); return NULL; } CHECK_TYPEDEF (shadow_type); if (TYPE_CODE (shadow_type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) { lim_warning (_("could not understand bounds " "information on packed array")); return NULL; } bits = decode_packed_array_bitsize (type); return constrained_packed_array_type (shadow_type, &bits); } /* Given that ARR is a struct value *indicating a GNAT constrained packed array, returns a simple array that denotes that array. Its type is a standard GDB array type except that the BITSIZEs of the array target types are set to the number of bits in each element, and the type length is set appropriately. */ static struct value * decode_constrained_packed_array (struct value *arr) { struct type *type; arr = ada_coerce_ref (arr); /* If our value is a pointer, then dererence it. Make sure that this operation does not cause the target type to be fixed, as this would indirectly cause this array to be decoded. The rest of the routine assumes that the array hasn't been decoded yet, so we use the basic "value_ind" routine to perform the dereferencing, as opposed to using "ada_value_ind". */ if (TYPE_CODE (ada_check_typedef (value_type (arr))) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) arr = value_ind (arr); type = decode_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr)); if (type == NULL) { error (_("can't unpack array")); return NULL; } if (gdbarch_bits_big_endian (get_type_arch (value_type (arr))) && ada_is_modular_type (value_type (arr))) { /* This is a (right-justified) modular type representing a packed array with no wrapper. In order to interpret the value through the (left-justified) packed array type we just built, we must first left-justify it. */ int bit_size, bit_pos; ULONGEST mod; mod = ada_modulus (value_type (arr)) - 1; bit_size = 0; while (mod > 0) { bit_size += 1; mod >>= 1; } bit_pos = HOST_CHAR_BIT * TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (arr)) - bit_size; arr = ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arr, NULL, bit_pos / HOST_CHAR_BIT, bit_pos % HOST_CHAR_BIT, bit_size, type); } return coerce_unspec_val_to_type (arr, type); } /* The value of the element of packed array ARR at the ARITY indices given in IND. ARR must be a simple array. */ static struct value * value_subscript_packed (struct value *arr, int arity, struct value **ind) { int i; int bits, elt_off, bit_off; long elt_total_bit_offset; struct type *elt_type; struct value *v; bits = 0; elt_total_bit_offset = 0; elt_type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (arr)); for (i = 0; i < arity; i += 1) { if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY || TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0) == 0) error (_("attempt to do packed indexing of " "something other than a packed array")); else { struct type *range_type = TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (elt_type); LONGEST lowerbound, upperbound; LONGEST idx; if (get_discrete_bounds (range_type, &lowerbound, &upperbound) < 0) { lim_warning (_("don't know bounds of array")); lowerbound = upperbound = 0; } idx = pos_atr (ind[i]); if (idx < lowerbound || idx > upperbound) lim_warning (_("packed array index %ld out of bounds"), (long) idx); bits = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0); elt_total_bit_offset += (idx - lowerbound) * bits; elt_type = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type)); } } elt_off = elt_total_bit_offset / HOST_CHAR_BIT; bit_off = elt_total_bit_offset % HOST_CHAR_BIT; v = ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arr, NULL, elt_off, bit_off, bits, elt_type); return v; } /* Non-zero iff TYPE includes negative integer values. */ static int has_negatives (struct type *type) { switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) { default: return 0; case TYPE_CODE_INT: return !TYPE_UNSIGNED (type); case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: return TYPE_LOW_BOUND (type) < 0; } } /* Create a new value of type TYPE from the contents of OBJ starting at byte OFFSET, and bit offset BIT_OFFSET within that byte, proceeding for BIT_SIZE bits. If OBJ is an lval in memory, then assigning through the result will set the field fetched from. VALADDR is ignored unless OBJ is NULL, in which case, VALADDR+OFFSET must address the start of storage containing the packed value. The value returned in this case is never an lval. Assumes 0 <= BIT_OFFSET < HOST_CHAR_BIT. */ struct value * ada_value_primitive_packed_val (struct value *obj, const gdb_byte *valaddr, long offset, int bit_offset, int bit_size, struct type *type) { struct value *v; int src, /* Index into the source area */ targ, /* Index into the target area */ srcBitsLeft, /* Number of source bits left to move */ nsrc, ntarg, /* Number of source and target bytes */ unusedLS, /* Number of bits in next significant byte of source that are unused */ accumSize; /* Number of meaningful bits in accum */ unsigned char *bytes; /* First byte containing data to unpack */ unsigned char *unpacked; unsigned long accum; /* Staging area for bits being transferred */ unsigned char sign; int len = (bit_size + bit_offset + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / 8; /* Transmit bytes from least to most significant; delta is the direction the indices move. */ int delta = gdbarch_bits_big_endian (get_type_arch (type)) ? -1 : 1; type = ada_check_typedef (type); if (obj == NULL) { v = allocate_value (type); bytes = (unsigned char *) (valaddr + offset); } else if (VALUE_LVAL (obj) == lval_memory && value_lazy (obj)) { v = value_at (type, value_address (obj)); bytes = (unsigned char *) alloca (len); read_memory (value_address (v) + offset, bytes, len); } else { v = allocate_value (type); bytes = (unsigned char *) value_contents (obj) + offset; } if (obj != NULL) { long new_offset = offset; set_value_component_location (v, obj); set_value_bitpos (v, bit_offset + value_bitpos (obj)); set_value_bitsize (v, bit_size); if (value_bitpos (v) >= HOST_CHAR_BIT) { ++new_offset; set_value_bitpos (v, value_bitpos (v) - HOST_CHAR_BIT); } set_value_offset (v, new_offset); /* Also set the parent value. This is needed when trying to assign a new value (in inferior memory). */ set_value_parent (v, obj); value_incref (obj); } else set_value_bitsize (v, bit_size); unpacked = (unsigned char *) value_contents (v); srcBitsLeft = bit_size; nsrc = len; ntarg = TYPE_LENGTH (type); sign = 0; if (bit_size == 0) { memset (unpacked, 0, TYPE_LENGTH (type)); return v; } else if (gdbarch_bits_big_endian (get_type_arch (type))) { src = len - 1; if (has_negatives (type) && ((bytes[0] << bit_offset) & (1 << (HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1)))) sign = ~0; unusedLS = (HOST_CHAR_BIT - (bit_size + bit_offset) % HOST_CHAR_BIT) % HOST_CHAR_BIT; switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) { case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY: case TYPE_CODE_UNION: case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT: /* Non-scalar values must be aligned at a byte boundary... */ accumSize = (HOST_CHAR_BIT - bit_size % HOST_CHAR_BIT) % HOST_CHAR_BIT; /* ... And are placed at the beginning (most-significant) bytes of the target. */ targ = (bit_size + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1; ntarg = targ + 1; break; default: accumSize = 0; targ = TYPE_LENGTH (type) - 1; break; } } else { int sign_bit_offset = (bit_size + bit_offset - 1) % 8; src = targ = 0; unusedLS = bit_offset; accumSize = 0; if (has_negatives (type) && (bytes[len - 1] & (1 << sign_bit_offset))) sign = ~0; } accum = 0; while (nsrc > 0) { /* Mask for removing bits of the next source byte that are not part of the value. */ unsigned int unusedMSMask = (1 << (srcBitsLeft >= HOST_CHAR_BIT ? HOST_CHAR_BIT : srcBitsLeft)) - 1; /* Sign-extend bits for this byte. */ unsigned int signMask = sign & ~unusedMSMask; accum |= (((bytes[src] >> unusedLS) & unusedMSMask) | signMask) << accumSize; accumSize += HOST_CHAR_BIT - unusedLS; if (accumSize >= HOST_CHAR_BIT) { unpacked[targ] = accum & ~(~0L << HOST_CHAR_BIT); accumSize -= HOST_CHAR_BIT; accum >>= HOST_CHAR_BIT; ntarg -= 1; targ += delta; } srcBitsLeft -= HOST_CHAR_BIT - unusedLS; unusedLS = 0; nsrc -= 1; src += delta; } while (ntarg > 0) { accum |= sign << accumSize; unpacked[targ] = accum & ~(~0L << HOST_CHAR_BIT); accumSize -= HOST_CHAR_BIT; accum >>= HOST_CHAR_BIT; ntarg -= 1; targ += delta; } return v; } /* Move N bits from SOURCE, starting at bit offset SRC_OFFSET to TARGET, starting at bit offset TARG_OFFSET. SOURCE and TARGET must not overlap. */ static void move_bits (gdb_byte *target, int targ_offset, const gdb_byte *source, int src_offset, int n, int bits_big_endian_p) { unsigned int accum, mask; int accum_bits, chunk_size; target += targ_offset / HOST_CHAR_BIT; targ_offset %= HOST_CHAR_BIT; source += src_offset / HOST_CHAR_BIT; src_offset %= HOST_CHAR_BIT; if (bits_big_endian_p) { accum = (unsigned char) *source; source += 1; accum_bits = HOST_CHAR_BIT - src_offset; while (n > 0) { int unused_right; accum = (accum << HOST_CHAR_BIT) + (unsigned char) *source; accum_bits += HOST_CHAR_BIT; source += 1; chunk_size = HOST_CHAR_BIT - targ_offset; if (chunk_size > n) chunk_size = n; unused_right = HOST_CHAR_BIT - (chunk_size + targ_offset); mask = ((1 << chunk_size) - 1) << unused_right; *target = (*target & ~mask) | ((accum >> (accum_bits - chunk_size - unused_right)) & mask); n -= chunk_size; accum_bits -= chunk_size; target += 1; targ_offset = 0; } } else { accum = (unsigned char) *source >> src_offset; source += 1; accum_bits = HOST_CHAR_BIT - src_offset; while (n > 0) { accum = accum + ((unsigned char) *source << accum_bits); accum_bits += HOST_CHAR_BIT; source += 1; chunk_size = HOST_CHAR_BIT - targ_offset; if (chunk_size > n) chunk_size = n; mask = ((1 << chunk_size) - 1) << targ_offset; *target = (*target & ~mask) | ((accum << targ_offset) & mask); n -= chunk_size; accum_bits -= chunk_size; accum >>= chunk_size; target += 1; targ_offset = 0; } } } /* Store the contents of FROMVAL into the location of TOVAL. Return a new value with the location of TOVAL and contents of FROMVAL. Handles assignment into packed fields that have floating-point or non-scalar types. */ static struct value * ada_value_assign (struct value *toval, struct value *fromval) { struct type *type = value_type (toval); int bits = value_bitsize (toval); toval = ada_coerce_ref (toval); fromval = ada_coerce_ref (fromval); if (ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (toval))) toval = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (toval); if (ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (fromval))) fromval = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (fromval); if (!deprecated_value_modifiable (toval)) error (_("Left operand of assignment is not a modifiable lvalue.")); if (VALUE_LVAL (toval) == lval_memory && bits > 0 && (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_FLT || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)) { int len = (value_bitpos (toval) + bits + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT; int from_size; char *buffer = (char *) alloca (len); struct value *val; CORE_ADDR to_addr = value_address (toval); if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_FLT) fromval = value_cast (type, fromval); read_memory (to_addr, buffer, len); from_size = value_bitsize (fromval); if (from_size == 0) from_size = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (fromval)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT; if (gdbarch_bits_big_endian (get_type_arch (type))) move_bits (buffer, value_bitpos (toval), value_contents (fromval), from_size - bits, bits, 1); else move_bits (buffer, value_bitpos (toval), value_contents (fromval), 0, bits, 0); write_memory_with_notification (to_addr, buffer, len); val = value_copy (toval); memcpy (value_contents_raw (val), value_contents (fromval), TYPE_LENGTH (type)); deprecated_set_value_type (val, type); return val; } return value_assign (toval, fromval); } /* Given that COMPONENT is a memory lvalue that is part of the lvalue * CONTAINER, assign the contents of VAL to COMPONENTS's place in * CONTAINER. Modifies the VALUE_CONTENTS of CONTAINER only, not * COMPONENT, and not the inferior's memory. The current contents * of COMPONENT are ignored. */ static void value_assign_to_component (struct value *container, struct value *component, struct value *val) { LONGEST offset_in_container = (LONGEST) (value_address (component) - value_address (container)); int bit_offset_in_container = value_bitpos (component) - value_bitpos (container); int bits; val = value_cast (value_type (component), val); if (value_bitsize (component) == 0) bits = TARGET_CHAR_BIT * TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (component)); else bits = value_bitsize (component); if (gdbarch_bits_big_endian (get_type_arch (value_type (container)))) move_bits (value_contents_writeable (container) + offset_in_container, value_bitpos (container) + bit_offset_in_container, value_contents (val), TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (component)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT - bits, bits, 1); else move_bits (value_contents_writeable (container) + offset_in_container, value_bitpos (container) + bit_offset_in_container, value_contents (val), 0, bits, 0); } /* The value of the element of array ARR at the ARITY indices given in IND. ARR may be either a simple array, GNAT array descriptor, or pointer thereto. */ struct value * ada_value_subscript (struct value *arr, int arity, struct value **ind) { int k; struct value *elt; struct type *elt_type; elt = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arr); elt_type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (elt)); if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY && TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0) > 0) return value_subscript_packed (elt, arity, ind); for (k = 0; k < arity; k += 1) { if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) error (_("too many subscripts (%d expected)"), k); elt = value_subscript (elt, pos_atr (ind[k])); } return elt; } /* Assuming ARR is a pointer to a standard GDB array of type TYPE, the value of the element of *ARR at the ARITY indices given in IND. Does not read the entire array into memory. */ static struct value * ada_value_ptr_subscript (struct value *arr, struct type *type, int arity, struct value **ind) { int k; for (k = 0; k < arity; k += 1) { LONGEST lwb, upb; if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) error (_("too many subscripts (%d expected)"), k); arr = value_cast (lookup_pointer_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)), value_copy (arr)); get_discrete_bounds (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type), &lwb, &upb); arr = value_ptradd (arr, pos_atr (ind[k]) - lwb); type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); } return value_ind (arr); } /* Given that ARRAY_PTR is a pointer or reference to an array of type TYPE (the actual type of ARRAY_PTR is ignored), returns the Ada slice of HIGH-LOW+1 elements starting at index LOW. The lower bound of this array is LOW, as per Ada rules. */ static struct value * ada_value_slice_from_ptr (struct value *array_ptr, struct type *type, int low, int high) { struct type *type0 = ada_check_typedef (type); CORE_ADDR base = value_as_address (array_ptr) + ((low - ada_discrete_type_low_bound (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type0))) * TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0))); struct type *index_type = create_range_type (NULL, TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type0)), low, high); struct type *slice_type = create_array_type (NULL, TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0), index_type); return value_at_lazy (slice_type, base); } static struct value * ada_value_slice (struct value *array, int low, int high) { struct type *type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (array)); struct type *index_type = create_range_type (NULL, TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type), low, high); struct type *slice_type = create_array_type (NULL, TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type), index_type); return value_cast (slice_type, value_slice (array, low, high - low + 1)); } /* If type is a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array descriptor, returns the number of dimensions for type. If arr is a simple array, returns the number of "array of"s that prefix its type designation. Otherwise, returns 0. */ int ada_array_arity (struct type *type) { int arity; if (type == NULL) return 0; type = desc_base_type (type); arity = 0; if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) return desc_arity (desc_bounds_type (type)); else while (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) { arity += 1; type = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); } return arity; } /* If TYPE is a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array descriptor or a simple array type, returns the element type for TYPE after indexing by NINDICES indices, or by all indices if NINDICES is -1. Otherwise, returns NULL. */ struct type * ada_array_element_type (struct type *type, int nindices) { type = desc_base_type (type); if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) { int k; struct type *p_array_type; p_array_type = desc_data_target_type (type); k = ada_array_arity (type); if (k == 0) return NULL; /* Initially p_array_type = elt_type(*)[]...(k times)...[]. */ if (nindices >= 0 && k > nindices) k = nindices; while (k > 0 && p_array_type != NULL) { p_array_type = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (p_array_type)); k -= 1; } return p_array_type; } else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) { while (nindices != 0 && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) { type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); nindices -= 1; } return type; } return NULL; } /* The type of nth index in arrays of given type (n numbering from 1). Does not examine memory. Throws an error if N is invalid or TYPE is not an array type. NAME is the name of the Ada attribute being evaluated ('range, 'first, 'last, or 'length); it is used in building the error message. */ static struct type * ada_index_type (struct type *type, int n, const char *name) { struct type *result_type; type = desc_base_type (type); if (n < 0 || n > ada_array_arity (type)) error (_("invalid dimension number to '%s"), name); if (ada_is_simple_array_type (type)) { int i; for (i = 1; i < n; i += 1) type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); result_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type)); /* FIXME: The stabs type r(0,0);bound;bound in an array type has a target type of TYPE_CODE_UNDEF. We compensate here, but perhaps stabsread.c would make more sense. */ if (result_type && TYPE_CODE (result_type) == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF) result_type = NULL; } else { result_type = desc_index_type (desc_bounds_type (type), n); if (result_type == NULL) error (_("attempt to take bound of something that is not an array")); } return result_type; } /* Given that arr is an array type, returns the lower bound of the Nth index (numbering from 1) if WHICH is 0, and the upper bound if WHICH is 1. This returns bounds 0 .. -1 if ARR_TYPE is an array-descriptor type. It works for other arrays with bounds supplied by run-time quantities other than discriminants. */ static LONGEST ada_array_bound_from_type (struct type * arr_type, int n, int which) { struct type *type, *elt_type, *index_type_desc, *index_type; int i; gdb_assert (which == 0 || which == 1); if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (arr_type)) arr_type = decode_constrained_packed_array_type (arr_type); if (arr_type == NULL || !ada_is_simple_array_type (arr_type)) return (LONGEST) - which; if (TYPE_CODE (arr_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (arr_type); else type = arr_type; elt_type = type; for (i = n; i > 1; i--) elt_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); index_type_desc = ada_find_parallel_type (type, "___XA"); ada_fixup_array_indexes_type (index_type_desc); if (index_type_desc != NULL) index_type = to_fixed_range_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (index_type_desc, n - 1), NULL); else index_type = TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (elt_type); return (LONGEST) (which == 0 ? ada_discrete_type_low_bound (index_type) : ada_discrete_type_high_bound (index_type)); } /* Given that arr is an array value, returns the lower bound of the nth index (numbering from 1) if WHICH is 0, and the upper bound if WHICH is 1. This routine will also work for arrays with bounds supplied by run-time quantities other than discriminants. */ static LONGEST ada_array_bound (struct value *arr, int n, int which) { struct type *arr_type = value_type (arr); if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (arr_type)) return ada_array_bound (decode_constrained_packed_array (arr), n, which); else if (ada_is_simple_array_type (arr_type)) return ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type, n, which); else return value_as_long (desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr), n, which)); } /* Given that arr is an array value, returns the length of the nth index. This routine will also work for arrays with bounds supplied by run-time quantities other than discriminants. Does not work for arrays indexed by enumeration types with representation clauses at the moment. */ static LONGEST ada_array_length (struct value *arr, int n) { struct type *arr_type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (arr)); if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (arr_type)) return ada_array_length (decode_constrained_packed_array (arr), n); if (ada_is_simple_array_type (arr_type)) return (ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type, n, 1) - ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type, n, 0) + 1); else return (value_as_long (desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr), n, 1)) - value_as_long (desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr), n, 0)) + 1); } /* An empty array whose type is that of ARR_TYPE (an array type), with bounds LOW to LOW-1. */ static struct value * empty_array (struct type *arr_type, int low) { struct type *arr_type0 = ada_check_typedef (arr_type); struct type *index_type = create_range_type (NULL, TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (arr_type0)), low, low - 1); struct type *elt_type = ada_array_element_type (arr_type0, 1); return allocate_value (create_array_type (NULL, elt_type, index_type)); } /* Name resolution */ /* The "decoded" name for the user-definable Ada operator corresponding to OP. */ static const char * ada_decoded_op_name (enum exp_opcode op) { int i; for (i = 0; ada_opname_table[i].encoded != NULL; i += 1) { if (ada_opname_table[i].op == op) return ada_opname_table[i].decoded; } error (_("Could not find operator name for opcode")); } /* Same as evaluate_type (*EXP), but resolves ambiguous symbol references (marked by OP_VAR_VALUE nodes in which the symbol has an undefined namespace) and converts operators that are user-defined into appropriate function calls. If CONTEXT_TYPE is non-null, it provides a preferred result type [at the moment, only type void has any effect---causing procedures to be preferred over functions in calls]. A null CONTEXT_TYPE indicates that a non-void return type is preferred. May change (expand) *EXP. */ static void resolve (struct expression **expp, int void_context_p) { struct type *context_type = NULL; int pc = 0; if (void_context_p) context_type = builtin_type ((*expp)->gdbarch)->builtin_void; resolve_subexp (expp, &pc, 1, context_type); } /* Resolve the operator of the subexpression beginning at position *POS of *EXPP. "Resolving" consists of replacing the symbols that have undefined namespaces in OP_VAR_VALUE nodes with their resolutions, replacing built-in operators with function calls to user-defined operators, where appropriate, and, when DEPROCEDURE_P is non-zero, converting function-valued variables into parameterless calls. May expand *EXPP. The CONTEXT_TYPE functions are as in ada_resolve, above. */ static struct value * resolve_subexp (struct expression **expp, int *pos, int deprocedure_p, struct type *context_type) { int pc = *pos; int i; struct expression *exp; /* Convenience: == *expp. */ enum exp_opcode op = (*expp)->elts[pc].opcode; struct value **argvec; /* Vector of operand types (alloca'ed). */ int nargs; /* Number of operands. */ int oplen; argvec = NULL; nargs = 0; exp = *expp; /* Pass one: resolve operands, saving their types and updating *pos, if needed. */ switch (op) { case OP_FUNCALL: if (exp->elts[pc + 3].opcode == OP_VAR_VALUE && SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol) == UNDEF_DOMAIN) *pos += 7; else { *pos += 3; resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 0, NULL); } nargs = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst); break; case UNOP_ADDR: *pos += 1; resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 0, NULL); break; case UNOP_QUAL: *pos += 3; resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, check_typedef (exp->elts[pc + 1].type)); break; case OP_ATR_MODULUS: case OP_ATR_SIZE: case OP_ATR_TAG: case OP_ATR_FIRST: case OP_ATR_LAST: case OP_ATR_LENGTH: case OP_ATR_POS: case OP_ATR_VAL: case OP_ATR_MIN: case OP_ATR_MAX: case TERNOP_IN_RANGE: case BINOP_IN_BOUNDS: case UNOP_IN_RANGE: case OP_AGGREGATE: case OP_OTHERS: case OP_CHOICES: case OP_POSITIONAL: case OP_DISCRETE_RANGE: case OP_NAME: ada_forward_operator_length (exp, pc, &oplen, &nargs); *pos += oplen; break; case BINOP_ASSIGN: { struct value *arg1; *pos += 1; arg1 = resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 0, NULL); if (arg1 == NULL) resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL); else resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, value_type (arg1)); break; } case UNOP_CAST: *pos += 3; nargs = 1; break; case BINOP_ADD: case BINOP_SUB: case BINOP_MUL: case BINOP_DIV: case BINOP_REM: case BINOP_MOD: case BINOP_EXP: case BINOP_CONCAT: case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND: case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR: case BINOP_BITWISE_AND: case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR: case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR: case BINOP_EQUAL: case BINOP_NOTEQUAL: case BINOP_LESS: case BINOP_GTR: case BINOP_LEQ: case BINOP_GEQ: case BINOP_REPEAT: case BINOP_SUBSCRIPT: case BINOP_COMMA: *pos += 1; nargs = 2; break; case UNOP_NEG: case UNOP_PLUS: case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT: case UNOP_ABS: case UNOP_IND: *pos += 1; nargs = 1; break; case OP_LONG: case OP_DOUBLE: case OP_VAR_VALUE: *pos += 4; break; case OP_TYPE: case OP_BOOL: case OP_LAST: case OP_INTERNALVAR: *pos += 3; break; case UNOP_MEMVAL: *pos += 3; nargs = 1; break; case OP_REGISTER: *pos += 4 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst + 1); break; case STRUCTOP_STRUCT: *pos += 4 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst + 1); nargs = 1; break; case TERNOP_SLICE: *pos += 1; nargs = 3; break; case OP_STRING: break; default: error (_("Unexpected operator during name resolution")); } argvec = (struct value * *) alloca (sizeof (struct value *) * (nargs + 1)); for (i = 0; i < nargs; i += 1) argvec[i] = resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL); argvec[i] = NULL; exp = *expp; /* Pass two: perform any resolution on principal operator. */ switch (op) { default: break; case OP_VAR_VALUE: if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol) == UNDEF_DOMAIN) { struct ada_symbol_info *candidates; int n_candidates; n_candidates = ada_lookup_symbol_list (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol), exp->elts[pc + 1].block, VAR_DOMAIN, &candidates, 1); if (n_candidates > 1) { /* Types tend to get re-introduced locally, so if there are any local symbols that are not types, first filter out all types. */ int j; for (j = 0; j < n_candidates; j += 1) switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (candidates[j].sym)) { case LOC_REGISTER: case LOC_ARG: case LOC_REF_ARG: case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR: case LOC_LOCAL: case LOC_COMPUTED: goto FoundNonType; default: break; } FoundNonType: if (j < n_candidates) { j = 0; while (j < n_candidates) { if (SYMBOL_CLASS (candidates[j].sym) == LOC_TYPEDEF) { candidates[j] = candidates[n_candidates - 1]; n_candidates -= 1; } else j += 1; } } } if (n_candidates == 0) error (_("No definition found for %s"), SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol)); else if (n_candidates == 1) i = 0; else if (deprocedure_p && !is_nonfunction (candidates, n_candidates)) { i = ada_resolve_function (candidates, n_candidates, NULL, 0, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol), context_type); if (i < 0) error (_("Could not find a match for %s"), SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol)); } else { printf_filtered (_("Multiple matches for %s\n"), SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol)); user_select_syms (candidates, n_candidates, 1); i = 0; } exp->elts[pc + 1].block = candidates[i].block; exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol = candidates[i].sym; if (innermost_block == NULL || contained_in (candidates[i].block, innermost_block)) innermost_block = candidates[i].block; } if (deprocedure_p && (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol)) == TYPE_CODE_FUNC)) { replace_operator_with_call (expp, pc, 0, 0, exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol, exp->elts[pc + 1].block); exp = *expp; } break; case OP_FUNCALL: { if (exp->elts[pc + 3].opcode == OP_VAR_VALUE && SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol) == UNDEF_DOMAIN) { struct ada_symbol_info *candidates; int n_candidates; n_candidates = ada_lookup_symbol_list (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol), exp->elts[pc + 4].block, VAR_DOMAIN, &candidates, 1); if (n_candidates == 1) i = 0; else { i = ada_resolve_function (candidates, n_candidates, argvec, nargs, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol), context_type); if (i < 0) error (_("Could not find a match for %s"), SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol)); } exp->elts[pc + 4].block = candidates[i].block; exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol = candidates[i].sym; if (innermost_block == NULL || contained_in (candidates[i].block, innermost_block)) innermost_block = candidates[i].block; } } break; case BINOP_ADD: case BINOP_SUB: case BINOP_MUL: case BINOP_DIV: case BINOP_REM: case BINOP_MOD: case BINOP_CONCAT: case BINOP_BITWISE_AND: case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR: case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR: case BINOP_EQUAL: case BINOP_NOTEQUAL: case BINOP_LESS: case BINOP_GTR: case BINOP_LEQ: case BINOP_GEQ: case BINOP_EXP: case UNOP_NEG: case UNOP_PLUS: case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT: case UNOP_ABS: if (possible_user_operator_p (op, argvec)) { struct ada_symbol_info *candidates; int n_candidates; n_candidates = ada_lookup_symbol_list (ada_encode (ada_decoded_op_name (op)), (struct block *) NULL, VAR_DOMAIN, &candidates, 1); i = ada_resolve_function (candidates, n_candidates, argvec, nargs, ada_decoded_op_name (op), NULL); if (i < 0) break; replace_operator_with_call (expp, pc, nargs, 1, candidates[i].sym, candidates[i].block); exp = *expp; } break; case OP_TYPE: case OP_REGISTER: return NULL; } *pos = pc; return evaluate_subexp_type (exp, pos); } /* Return non-zero if formal type FTYPE matches actual type ATYPE. If MAY_DEREF is non-zero, the formal may be a pointer and the actual a non-pointer. */ /* The term "match" here is rather loose. The match is heuristic and liberal. */ static int ada_type_match (struct type *ftype, struct type *atype, int may_deref) { ftype = ada_check_typedef (ftype); atype = ada_check_typedef (atype); if (TYPE_CODE (ftype) == TYPE_CODE_REF) ftype = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype); if (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_REF) atype = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (atype); switch (TYPE_CODE (ftype)) { default: return TYPE_CODE (ftype) == TYPE_CODE (atype); case TYPE_CODE_PTR: if (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) return ada_type_match (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype), TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (atype), 0); else return (may_deref && ada_type_match (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype), atype, 0)); case TYPE_CODE_INT: case TYPE_CODE_ENUM: case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: switch (TYPE_CODE (atype)) { case TYPE_CODE_INT: case TYPE_CODE_ENUM: case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: return 1; default: return 0; } case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY: return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY || ada_is_array_descriptor_type (atype)); case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT: if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (ftype)) return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY || ada_is_array_descriptor_type (atype)); else return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT && !ada_is_array_descriptor_type (atype)); case TYPE_CODE_UNION: case TYPE_CODE_FLT: return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE (ftype)); } } /* Return non-zero if the formals of FUNC "sufficiently match" the vector of actual argument types ACTUALS of size N_ACTUALS. FUNC may also be an enumeral, in which case it is treated as a 0- argument function. */ static int ada_args_match (struct symbol *func, struct value **actuals, int n_actuals) { int i; struct type *func_type = SYMBOL_TYPE (func); if (SYMBOL_CLASS (func) == LOC_CONST && TYPE_CODE (func_type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM) return (n_actuals == 0); else if (func_type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (func_type) != TYPE_CODE_FUNC) return 0; if (TYPE_NFIELDS (func_type) != n_actuals) return 0; for (i = 0; i < n_actuals; i += 1) { if (actuals[i] == NULL) return 0; else { struct type *ftype = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (func_type, i)); struct type *atype = ada_check_typedef (value_type (actuals[i])); if (!ada_type_match (ftype, atype, 1)) return 0; } } return 1; } /* False iff function type FUNC_TYPE definitely does not produce a value compatible with type CONTEXT_TYPE. Conservatively returns 1 if FUNC_TYPE is not a valid function type with a non-null return type or an enumerated type. A null CONTEXT_TYPE indicates any non-void type. */ static int return_match (struct type *func_type, struct type *context_type) { struct type *return_type; if (func_type == NULL) return 1; if (TYPE_CODE (func_type) == TYPE_CODE_FUNC) return_type = get_base_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (func_type)); else return_type = get_base_type (func_type); if (return_type == NULL) return 1; context_type = get_base_type (context_type); if (TYPE_CODE (return_type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM) return context_type == NULL || return_type == context_type; else if (context_type == NULL) return TYPE_CODE (return_type) != TYPE_CODE_VOID; else return TYPE_CODE (return_type) == TYPE_CODE (context_type); } /* Returns the index in SYMS[0..NSYMS-1] that contains the symbol for the function (if any) that matches the types of the NARGS arguments in ARGS. If CONTEXT_TYPE is non-null and there is at least one match that returns that type, then eliminate matches that don't. If CONTEXT_TYPE is void and there is at least one match that does not return void, eliminate all matches that do. Asks the user if there is more than one match remaining. Returns -1 if there is no such symbol or none is selected. NAME is used solely for messages. May re-arrange and modify SYMS in the process; the index returned is for the modified vector. */ static int ada_resolve_function (struct ada_symbol_info syms[], int nsyms, struct value **args, int nargs, const char *name, struct type *context_type) { int fallback; int k; int m; /* Number of hits */ m = 0; /* In the first pass of the loop, we only accept functions matching context_type. If none are found, we add a second pass of the loop where every function is accepted. */ for (fallback = 0; m == 0 && fallback < 2; fallback++) { for (k = 0; k < nsyms; k += 1) { struct type *type = ada_check_typedef (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[k].sym)); if (ada_args_match (syms[k].sym, args, nargs) && (fallback || return_match (type, context_type))) { syms[m] = syms[k]; m += 1; } } } if (m == 0) return -1; else if (m > 1) { printf_filtered (_("Multiple matches for %s\n"), name); user_select_syms (syms, m, 1); return 0; } return 0; } /* Returns true (non-zero) iff decoded name N0 should appear before N1 in a listing of choices during disambiguation (see sort_choices, below). The idea is that overloadings of a subprogram name from the same package should sort in their source order. We settle for ordering such symbols by their trailing number (__N or $N). */ static int encoded_ordered_before (const char *N0, const char *N1) { if (N1 == NULL) return 0; else if (N0 == NULL) return 1; else { int k0, k1; for (k0 = strlen (N0) - 1; k0 > 0 && isdigit (N0[k0]); k0 -= 1) ; for (k1 = strlen (N1) - 1; k1 > 0 && isdigit (N1[k1]); k1 -= 1) ; if ((N0[k0] == '_' || N0[k0] == '$') && N0[k0 + 1] != '\000' && (N1[k1] == '_' || N1[k1] == '$') && N1[k1 + 1] != '\000') { int n0, n1; n0 = k0; while (N0[n0] == '_' && n0 > 0 && N0[n0 - 1] == '_') n0 -= 1; n1 = k1; while (N1[n1] == '_' && n1 > 0 && N1[n1 - 1] == '_') n1 -= 1; if (n0 == n1 && strncmp (N0, N1, n0) == 0) return (atoi (N0 + k0 + 1) < atoi (N1 + k1 + 1)); } return (strcmp (N0, N1) < 0); } } /* Sort SYMS[0..NSYMS-1] to put the choices in a canonical order by the encoded names. */ static void sort_choices (struct ada_symbol_info syms[], int nsyms) { int i; for (i = 1; i < nsyms; i += 1) { struct ada_symbol_info sym = syms[i]; int j; for (j = i - 1; j >= 0; j -= 1) { if (encoded_ordered_before (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms[j].sym), SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym.sym))) break; syms[j + 1] = syms[j]; } syms[j + 1] = sym; } } /* Given a list of NSYMS symbols in SYMS, select up to MAX_RESULTS>0 by asking the user (if necessary), returning the number selected, and setting the first elements of SYMS items. Error if no symbols selected. */ /* NOTE: Adapted from decode_line_2 in symtab.c, with which it ought to be re-integrated one of these days. */ int user_select_syms (struct ada_symbol_info *syms, int nsyms, int max_results) { int i; int *chosen = (int *) alloca (sizeof (int) * nsyms); int n_chosen; int first_choice = (max_results == 1) ? 1 : 2; const char *select_mode = multiple_symbols_select_mode (); if (max_results < 1) error (_("Request to select 0 symbols!")); if (nsyms <= 1) return nsyms; if (select_mode == multiple_symbols_cancel) error (_("\ canceled because the command is ambiguous\n\ See set/show multiple-symbol.")); /* If select_mode is "all", then return all possible symbols. Only do that if more than one symbol can be selected, of course. Otherwise, display the menu as usual. */ if (select_mode == multiple_symbols_all && max_results > 1) return nsyms; printf_unfiltered (_("[0] cancel\n")); if (max_results > 1) printf_unfiltered (_("[1] all\n")); sort_choices (syms, nsyms); for (i = 0; i < nsyms; i += 1) { if (syms[i].sym == NULL) continue; if (SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i].sym) == LOC_BLOCK) { struct symtab_and_line sal = find_function_start_sal (syms[i].sym, 1); if (sal.symtab == NULL) printf_unfiltered (_("[%d] %s at <no source file available>:%d\n"), i + first_choice, SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i].sym), sal.line); else printf_unfiltered (_("[%d] %s at %s:%d\n"), i + first_choice, SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i].sym), sal.symtab->filename, sal.line); continue; } else { int is_enumeral = (SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i].sym) == LOC_CONST && SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].sym) != NULL && TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].sym)) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM); struct symtab *symtab = SYMBOL_SYMTAB (syms[i].sym); if (SYMBOL_LINE (syms[i].sym) != 0 && symtab != NULL) printf_unfiltered (_("[%d] %s at %s:%d\n"), i + first_choice, SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i].sym), symtab->filename, SYMBOL_LINE (syms[i].sym)); else if (is_enumeral && TYPE_NAME (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].sym)) != NULL) { printf_unfiltered (("[%d] "), i + first_choice); ada_print_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].sym), NULL, gdb_stdout, -1, 0, &type_print_raw_options); printf_unfiltered (_("'(%s) (enumeral)\n"), SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i].sym)); } else if (symtab != NULL) printf_unfiltered (is_enumeral ? _("[%d] %s in %s (enumeral)\n") : _("[%d] %s at %s:?\n"), i + first_choice, SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i].sym), symtab->filename); else printf_unfiltered (is_enumeral ? _("[%d] %s (enumeral)\n") : _("[%d] %s at ?\n"), i + first_choice, SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i].sym)); } } n_chosen = get_selections (chosen, nsyms, max_results, max_results > 1, "overload-choice"); for (i = 0; i < n_chosen; i += 1) syms[i] = syms[chosen[i]]; return n_chosen; } /* Read and validate a set of numeric choices from the user in the range 0 .. N_CHOICES-1. Place the results in increasing order in CHOICES[0 .. N-1], and return N. The user types choices as a sequence of numbers on one line separated by blanks, encoding them as follows: + A choice of 0 means to cancel the selection, throwing an error. + If IS_ALL_CHOICE, a choice of 1 selects the entire set 0 .. N_CHOICES-1. + The user chooses k by typing k+IS_ALL_CHOICE+1. The user is not allowed to choose more than MAX_RESULTS values. ANNOTATION_SUFFIX, if present, is used to annotate the input prompts (for use with the -f switch). */ int get_selections (int *choices, int n_choices, int max_results, int is_all_choice, char *annotation_suffix) { char *args; char *prompt; int n_chosen; int first_choice = is_all_choice ? 2 : 1; prompt = getenv ("PS2"); if (prompt == NULL) prompt = "> "; args = command_line_input (prompt, 0, annotation_suffix); if (args == NULL) error_no_arg (_("one or more choice numbers")); n_chosen = 0; /* Set choices[0 .. n_chosen-1] to the users' choices in ascending order, as given in args. Choices are validated. */ while (1) { char *args2; int choice, j; args = skip_spaces (args); if (*args == '\0' && n_chosen == 0) error_no_arg (_("one or more choice numbers")); else if (*args == '\0') break; choice = strtol (args, &args2, 10); if (args == args2 || choice < 0 || choice > n_choices + first_choice - 1) error (_("Argument must be choice number")); args = args2; if (choice == 0) error (_("cancelled")); if (choice < first_choice) { n_chosen = n_choices; for (j = 0; j < n_choices; j += 1) choices[j] = j; break; } choice -= first_choice; for (j = n_chosen - 1; j >= 0 && choice < choices[j]; j -= 1) { } if (j < 0 || choice != choices[j]) { int k; for (k = n_chosen - 1; k > j; k -= 1) choices[k + 1] = choices[k]; choices[j + 1] = choice; n_chosen += 1; } } if (n_chosen > max_results) error (_("Select no more than %d of the above"), max_results); return n_chosen; } /* Replace the operator of length OPLEN at position PC in *EXPP with a call on the function identified by SYM and BLOCK, and taking NARGS arguments. Update *EXPP as needed to hold more space. */ static void replace_operator_with_call (struct expression **expp, int pc, int nargs, int oplen, struct symbol *sym, const struct block *block) { /* A new expression, with 6 more elements (3 for funcall, 4 for function symbol, -oplen for operator being replaced). */ struct expression *newexp = (struct expression *) xzalloc (sizeof (struct expression) + EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES ((*expp)->nelts + 7 - oplen)); struct expression *exp = *expp; newexp->nelts = exp->nelts + 7 - oplen; newexp->language_defn = exp->language_defn; newexp->gdbarch = exp->gdbarch; memcpy (newexp->elts, exp->elts, EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES (pc)); memcpy (newexp->elts + pc + 7, exp->elts + pc + oplen, EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES (exp->nelts - pc - oplen)); newexp->elts[pc].opcode = newexp->elts[pc + 2].opcode = OP_FUNCALL; newexp->elts[pc + 1].longconst = (LONGEST) nargs; newexp->elts[pc + 3].opcode = newexp->elts[pc + 6].opcode = OP_VAR_VALUE; newexp->elts[pc + 4].block = block; newexp->elts[pc + 5].symbol = sym; *expp = newexp; xfree (exp); } /* Type-class predicates */ /* True iff TYPE is numeric (i.e., an INT, RANGE (of numeric type), or FLOAT). */ static int numeric_type_p (struct type *type) { if (type == NULL) return 0; else { switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) { case TYPE_CODE_INT: case TYPE_CODE_FLT: return 1; case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: return (type == TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) || numeric_type_p (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type))); default: return 0; } } } /* True iff TYPE is integral (an INT or RANGE of INTs). */ static int integer_type_p (struct type *type) { if (type == NULL) return 0; else { switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) { case TYPE_CODE_INT: return 1; case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: return (type == TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) || integer_type_p (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type))); default: return 0; } } } /* True iff TYPE is scalar (INT, RANGE, FLOAT, ENUM). */ static int scalar_type_p (struct type *type) { if (type == NULL) return 0; else { switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) { case TYPE_CODE_INT: case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: case TYPE_CODE_ENUM: case TYPE_CODE_FLT: return 1; default: return 0; } } } /* True iff TYPE is discrete (INT, RANGE, ENUM). */ static int discrete_type_p (struct type *type) { if (type == NULL) return 0; else { switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) { case TYPE_CODE_INT: case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: case TYPE_CODE_ENUM: case TYPE_CODE_BOOL: return 1; default: return 0; } } } /* Returns non-zero if OP with operands in the vector ARGS could be a user-defined function. Errs on the side of pre-defined operators (i.e., result 0). */ static int possible_user_operator_p (enum exp_opcode op, struct value *args[]) { struct type *type0 = (args[0] == NULL) ? NULL : ada_check_typedef (value_type (args[0])); struct type *type1 = (args[1] == NULL) ? NULL : ada_check_typedef (value_type (args[1])); if (type0 == NULL) return 0; switch (op) { default: return 0; case BINOP_ADD: case BINOP_SUB: case BINOP_MUL: case BINOP_DIV: return (!(numeric_type_p (type0) && numeric_type_p (type1))); case BINOP_REM: case BINOP_MOD: case BINOP_BITWISE_AND: case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR: case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR: return (!(integer_type_p (type0) && integer_type_p (type1))); case BINOP_EQUAL: case BINOP_NOTEQUAL: case BINOP_LESS: case BINOP_GTR: case BINOP_LEQ: case BINOP_GEQ: return (!(scalar_type_p (type0) && scalar_type_p (type1))); case BINOP_CONCAT: return !ada_is_array_type (type0) || !ada_is_array_type (type1); case BINOP_EXP: return (!(numeric_type_p (type0) && integer_type_p (type1))); case UNOP_NEG: case UNOP_PLUS: case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT: case UNOP_ABS: return (!numeric_type_p (type0)); } } /* Renaming */ /* NOTES: 1. In the following, we assume that a renaming type's name may have an ___XD suffix. It would be nice if this went away at some point. 2. We handle both the (old) purely type-based representation of renamings and the (new) variable-based encoding. At some point, it is devoutly to be hoped that the former goes away (FIXME: hilfinger-2007-07-09). 3. Subprogram renamings are not implemented, although the XRS suffix is recognized (FIXME: hilfinger-2007-07-09). */ /* If SYM encodes a renaming, <renaming> renames <renamed entity>, sets *LEN to the length of the renamed entity's name, *RENAMED_ENTITY to that name (not null-terminated), and *RENAMING_EXPR to the string describing the subcomponent selected from the renamed entity. Returns ADA_NOT_RENAMING if SYM does not encode a renaming (in which case, the values of *RENAMED_ENTITY, *LEN, and *RENAMING_EXPR are undefined). Otherwise, returns a value indicating the category of entity renamed: an object (ADA_OBJECT_RENAMING), exception (ADA_EXCEPTION_RENAMING), package (ADA_PACKAGE_RENAMING), or subprogram (ADA_SUBPROGRAM_RENAMING). Does no allocation; the strings returned in *RENAMED_ENTITY and *RENAMING_EXPR should not be deallocated. The values of RENAMED_ENTITY, LEN, or RENAMING_EXPR may be NULL, in which case they are not assigned. [Currently, however, GCC does not generate subprogram renamings.] */ enum ada_renaming_category ada_parse_renaming (struct symbol *sym, const char **renamed_entity, int *len, const char **renaming_expr) { enum ada_renaming_category kind; const char *info; const char *suffix; if (sym == NULL) return ADA_NOT_RENAMING; switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym)) { default: return ADA_NOT_RENAMING; case LOC_TYPEDEF: return parse_old_style_renaming (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym), renamed_entity, len, renaming_expr); case LOC_LOCAL: case LOC_STATIC: case LOC_COMPUTED: case LOC_OPTIMIZED_OUT: info = strstr (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym), "___XR"); if (info == NULL) return ADA_NOT_RENAMING; switch (info[5]) { case '_': kind = ADA_OBJECT_RENAMING; info += 6; break; case 'E': kind = ADA_EXCEPTION_RENAMING; info += 7; break; case 'P': kind = ADA_PACKAGE_RENAMING; info += 7; break; case 'S': kind = ADA_SUBPROGRAM_RENAMING; info += 7; break; default: return ADA_NOT_RENAMING; } } if (renamed_entity != NULL) *renamed_entity = info; suffix = strstr (info, "___XE"); if (suffix == NULL || suffix == info) return ADA_NOT_RENAMING; if (len != NULL) *len = strlen (info) - strlen (suffix); suffix += 5; if (renaming_expr != NULL) *renaming_expr = suffix; return kind; } /* Assuming TYPE encodes a renaming according to the old encoding in exp_dbug.ads, returns details of that renaming in *RENAMED_ENTITY, *LEN, and *RENAMING_EXPR, as for ada_parse_renaming, above. Returns ADA_NOT_RENAMING otherwise. */ static enum ada_renaming_category parse_old_style_renaming (struct type *type, const char **renamed_entity, int *len, const char **renaming_expr) { enum ada_renaming_category kind; const char *name; const char *info; const char *suffix; if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM || TYPE_NFIELDS (type) != 1) return ADA_NOT_RENAMING; name = type_name_no_tag (type); if (name == NULL) return ADA_NOT_RENAMING; name = strstr (name, "___XR"); if (name == NULL) return ADA_NOT_RENAMING; switch (name[5]) { case '\0': case '_': kind = ADA_OBJECT_RENAMING; break; case 'E': kind = ADA_EXCEPTION_RENAMING; break; case 'P': kind = ADA_PACKAGE_RENAMING; break; case 'S': kind = ADA_SUBPROGRAM_RENAMING; break; default: return ADA_NOT_RENAMING; } info = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, 0); if (info == NULL) return ADA_NOT_RENAMING; if (renamed_entity != NULL) *renamed_entity = info; suffix = strstr (info, "___XE"); if (renaming_expr != NULL) *renaming_expr = suffix + 5; if (suffix == NULL || suffix == info) return ADA_NOT_RENAMING; if (len != NULL) *len = suffix - info; return kind; } /* Compute the value of the given RENAMING_SYM, which is expected to be a symbol encoding a renaming expression. BLOCK is the block used to evaluate the renaming. */ static struct value * ada_read_renaming_var_value (struct symbol *renaming_sym, struct block *block) { char *sym_name; struct expression *expr; struct value *value; struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL; sym_name = xstrdup (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (renaming_sym)); old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, sym_name); expr = parse_exp_1 (&sym_name, 0, block, 0); make_cleanup (free_current_contents, &expr); value = evaluate_expression (expr); do_cleanups (old_chain); return value; } /* Evaluation: Function Calls */ /* Return an lvalue containing the value VAL. This is the identity on lvalues, and otherwise has the side-effect of allocating memory in the inferior where a copy of the value contents is copied. */ static struct value * ensure_lval (struct value *val) { if (VALUE_LVAL (val) == not_lval || VALUE_LVAL (val) == lval_internalvar) { int len = TYPE_LENGTH (ada_check_typedef (value_type (val))); const CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_long (value_allocate_space_in_inferior (len)); set_value_address (val, addr); VALUE_LVAL (val) = lval_memory; write_memory (addr, value_contents (val), len); } return val; } /* Return the value ACTUAL, converted to be an appropriate value for a formal of type FORMAL_TYPE. Use *SP as a stack pointer for allocating any necessary descriptors (fat pointers), or copies of values not residing in memory, updating it as needed. */ struct value * ada_convert_actual (struct value *actual, struct type *formal_type0) { struct type *actual_type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (actual)); struct type *formal_type = ada_check_typedef (formal_type0); struct type *formal_target = TYPE_CODE (formal_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR ? ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (formal_type)) : formal_type; struct type *actual_target = TYPE_CODE (actual_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR ? ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (actual_type)) : actual_type; if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (formal_target) && TYPE_CODE (actual_target) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) return make_array_descriptor (formal_type, actual); else if (TYPE_CODE (formal_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR || TYPE_CODE (formal_type) == TYPE_CODE_REF) { struct value *result; if (TYPE_CODE (formal_target) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY && ada_is_array_descriptor_type (actual_target)) result = desc_data (actual); else if (TYPE_CODE (actual_type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR) { if (VALUE_LVAL (actual) != lval_memory) { struct value *val; actual_type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (actual)); val = allocate_value (actual_type); memcpy ((char *) value_contents_raw (val), (char *) value_contents (actual), TYPE_LENGTH (actual_type)); actual = ensure_lval (val); } result = value_addr (actual); } else return actual; return value_cast_pointers (formal_type, result, 0); } else if (TYPE_CODE (actual_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) return ada_value_ind (actual); return actual; } /* Convert VALUE (which must be an address) to a CORE_ADDR that is a pointer of type TYPE. This is usually an inefficient no-op except on some targets (such as AVR) where the representation of a pointer and an address differs. */ static CORE_ADDR value_pointer (struct value *value, struct type *type) { struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_type_arch (type); unsigned len = TYPE_LENGTH (type); gdb_byte *buf = alloca (len); CORE_ADDR addr; addr = value_address (value); gdbarch_address_to_pointer (gdbarch, type, buf, addr); addr = extract_unsigned_integer (buf, len, gdbarch_byte_order (gdbarch)); return addr; } /* Push a descriptor of type TYPE for array value ARR on the stack at *SP, updating *SP to reflect the new descriptor. Return either an lvalue representing the new descriptor, or (if TYPE is a pointer- to-descriptor type rather than a descriptor type), a struct value * representing a pointer to this descriptor. */ static struct value * make_array_descriptor (struct type *type, struct value *arr) { struct type *bounds_type = desc_bounds_type (type); struct type *desc_type = desc_base_type (type); struct value *descriptor = allocate_value (desc_type); struct value *bounds = allocate_value (bounds_type); int i; for (i = ada_array_arity (ada_check_typedef (value_type (arr))); i > 0; i -= 1) { modify_field (value_type (bounds), value_contents_writeable (bounds), ada_array_bound (arr, i, 0), desc_bound_bitpos (bounds_type, i, 0), desc_bound_bitsize (bounds_type, i, 0)); modify_field (value_type (bounds), value_contents_writeable (bounds), ada_array_bound (arr, i, 1), desc_bound_bitpos (bounds_type, i, 1), desc_bound_bitsize (bounds_type, i, 1)); } bounds = ensure_lval (bounds); modify_field (value_type (descriptor), value_contents_writeable (descriptor), value_pointer (ensure_lval (arr), TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (desc_type, 0)), fat_pntr_data_bitpos (desc_type), fat_pntr_data_bitsize (desc_type)); modify_field (value_type (descriptor), value_contents_writeable (descriptor), value_pointer (bounds, TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (desc_type, 1)), fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (desc_type), fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (desc_type)); descriptor = ensure_lval (descriptor); if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) return value_addr (descriptor); else return descriptor; } /* Dummy definitions for an experimental caching module that is not * used in the public sources. */ static int lookup_cached_symbol (const char *name, domain_enum namespace, struct symbol **sym, struct block **block) { return 0; } static void cache_symbol (const char *name, domain_enum namespace, struct symbol *sym, const struct block *block) { } /* Symbol Lookup */ /* Return nonzero if wild matching should be used when searching for all symbols matching LOOKUP_NAME. LOOKUP_NAME is expected to be a symbol name after transformation for Ada lookups (see ada_name_for_lookup). */ static int should_use_wild_match (const char *lookup_name) { return (strstr (lookup_name, "__") == NULL); } /* Return the result of a standard (literal, C-like) lookup of NAME in given DOMAIN, visible from lexical block BLOCK. */ static struct symbol * standard_lookup (const char *name, const struct block *block, domain_enum domain) { /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */ struct symbol *sym = NULL; if (lookup_cached_symbol (name, domain, &sym, NULL)) return sym; sym = lookup_symbol_in_language (name, block, domain, language_c, 0); cache_symbol (name, domain, sym, block_found); return sym; } /* Non-zero iff there is at least one non-function/non-enumeral symbol in the symbol fields of SYMS[0..N-1]. We treat enumerals as functions, since they contend in overloading in the same way. */ static int is_nonfunction (struct ada_symbol_info syms[], int n) { int i; for (i = 0; i < n; i += 1) if (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].sym)) != TYPE_CODE_FUNC && (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].sym)) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM || SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i].sym) != LOC_CONST)) return 1; return 0; } /* If true (non-zero), then TYPE0 and TYPE1 represent equivalent struct types. Otherwise, they may not. */ static int equiv_types (struct type *type0, struct type *type1) { if (type0 == type1) return 1; if (type0 == NULL || type1 == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type0) != TYPE_CODE (type1)) return 0; if ((TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT || TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM) && ada_type_name (type0) != NULL && ada_type_name (type1) != NULL && strcmp (ada_type_name (type0), ada_type_name (type1)) == 0) return 1; return 0; } /* True iff SYM0 represents the same entity as SYM1, or one that is no more defined than that of SYM1. */ static int lesseq_defined_than (struct symbol *sym0, struct symbol *sym1) { if (sym0 == sym1) return 1; if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym0) != SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym1) || SYMBOL_CLASS (sym0) != SYMBOL_CLASS (sym1)) return 0; switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym0)) { case LOC_UNDEF: return 1; case LOC_TYPEDEF: { struct type *type0 = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym0); struct type *type1 = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym1); const char *name0 = SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym0); const char *name1 = SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym1); int len0 = strlen (name0); return TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE (type1) && (equiv_types (type0, type1) || (len0 < strlen (name1) && strncmp (name0, name1, len0) == 0 && strncmp (name1 + len0, "___XV", 5) == 0)); } case LOC_CONST: return SYMBOL_VALUE (sym0) == SYMBOL_VALUE (sym1) && equiv_types (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym0), SYMBOL_TYPE (sym1)); default: return 0; } } /* Append (SYM,BLOCK,SYMTAB) to the end of the array of struct ada_symbol_info records in OBSTACKP. Do nothing if SYM is a duplicate. */ static void add_defn_to_vec (struct obstack *obstackp, struct symbol *sym, struct block *block) { int i; struct ada_symbol_info *prevDefns = defns_collected (obstackp, 0); /* Do not try to complete stub types, as the debugger is probably already scanning all symbols matching a certain name at the time when this function is called. Trying to replace the stub type by its associated full type will cause us to restart a scan which may lead to an infinite recursion. Instead, the client collecting the matching symbols will end up collecting several matches, with at least one of them complete. It can then filter out the stub ones if needed. */ for (i = num_defns_collected (obstackp) - 1; i >= 0; i -= 1) { if (lesseq_defined_than (sym, prevDefns[i].sym)) return; else if (lesseq_defined_than (prevDefns[i].sym, sym)) { prevDefns[i].sym = sym; prevDefns[i].block = block; return; } } { struct ada_symbol_info info; info.sym = sym; info.block = block; obstack_grow (obstackp, &info, sizeof (struct ada_symbol_info)); } } /* Number of ada_symbol_info structures currently collected in current vector in *OBSTACKP. */ static int num_defns_collected (struct obstack *obstackp) { return obstack_object_size (obstackp) / sizeof (struct ada_symbol_info); } /* Vector of ada_symbol_info structures currently collected in current vector in *OBSTACKP. If FINISH, close off the vector and return its final address. */ static struct ada_symbol_info * defns_collected (struct obstack *obstackp, int finish) { if (finish) return obstack_finish (obstackp); else return (struct ada_symbol_info *) obstack_base (obstackp); } /* Return a minimal symbol matching NAME according to Ada decoding rules. Returns NULL if there is no such minimal symbol. Names prefixed with "standard__" are handled specially: "standard__" is first stripped off, and only static and global symbols are searched. */ struct minimal_symbol * ada_lookup_simple_minsym (const char *name) { struct objfile *objfile; struct minimal_symbol *msymbol; const int wild_match_p = should_use_wild_match (name); /* Special case: If the user specifies a symbol name inside package Standard, do a non-wild matching of the symbol name without the "standard__" prefix. This was primarily introduced in order to allow the user to specifically access the standard exceptions using, for instance, Standard.Constraint_Error when Constraint_Error is ambiguous (due to the user defining its own Constraint_Error entity inside its program). */ if (strncmp (name, "standard__", sizeof ("standard__") - 1) == 0) name += sizeof ("standard__") - 1; ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile, msymbol) { if (match_name (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (msymbol), name, wild_match_p) && MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) != mst_solib_trampoline) return msymbol; } return NULL; } /* For all subprograms that statically enclose the subprogram of the selected frame, add symbols matching identifier NAME in DOMAIN and their blocks to the list of data in OBSTACKP, as for ada_add_block_symbols (q.v.). If WILD_MATCH_P, treat as NAME with a wildcard prefix. */ static void add_symbols_from_enclosing_procs (struct obstack *obstackp, const char *name, domain_enum namespace, int wild_match_p) { } /* True if TYPE is definitely an artificial type supplied to a symbol for which no debugging information was given in the symbol file. */ static int is_nondebugging_type (struct type *type) { const char *name = ada_type_name (type); return (name != NULL && strcmp (name, "<variable, no debug info>") == 0); } /* Return nonzero if TYPE1 and TYPE2 are two enumeration types that are deemed "identical" for practical purposes. This function assumes that TYPE1 and TYPE2 are both TYPE_CODE_ENUM types and that their number of enumerals is identical (in other words, TYPE_NFIELDS (type1) == TYPE_NFIELDS (type2)). */ static int ada_identical_enum_types_p (struct type *type1, struct type *type2) { int i; /* The heuristic we use here is fairly conservative. We consider that 2 enumerate types are identical if they have the same number of enumerals and that all enumerals have the same underlying value and name. */ /* All enums in the type should have an identical underlying value. */ for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type1); i++) if (TYPE_FIELD_ENUMVAL (type1, i) != TYPE_FIELD_ENUMVAL (type2, i)) return 0; /* All enumerals should also have the same name (modulo any numerical suffix). */ for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type1); i++) { const char *name_1 = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type1, i); const char *name_2 = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type2, i); int len_1 = strlen (name_1); int len_2 = strlen (name_2); ada_remove_trailing_digits (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type1, i), &len_1); ada_remove_trailing_digits (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type2, i), &len_2); if (len_1 != len_2 || strncmp (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type1, i), TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type2, i), len_1) != 0) return 0; } return 1; } /* Return nonzero if all the symbols in SYMS are all enumeral symbols that are deemed "identical" for practical purposes. Sometimes, enumerals are not strictly identical, but their types are so similar that they can be considered identical. For instance, consider the following code: type Color is (Black, Red, Green, Blue, White); type RGB_Color is new Color range Red .. Blue; Type RGB_Color is a subrange of an implicit type which is a copy of type Color. If we call that implicit type RGB_ColorB ("B" is for "Base Type"), then type RGB_ColorB is a copy of type Color. As a result, when an expression references any of the enumeral by name (Eg. "print green"), the expression is technically ambiguous and the user should be asked to disambiguate. But doing so would only hinder the user, since it wouldn't matter what choice he makes, the outcome would always be the same. So, for practical purposes, we consider them as the same. */ static int symbols_are_identical_enums (struct ada_symbol_info *syms, int nsyms) { int i; /* Before performing a thorough comparison check of each type, we perform a series of inexpensive checks. We expect that these checks will quickly fail in the vast majority of cases, and thus help prevent the unnecessary use of a more expensive comparison. Said comparison also expects us to make some of these checks (see ada_identical_enum_types_p). */ /* Quick check: All symbols should have an enum type. */ for (i = 0; i < nsyms; i++) if (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].sym)) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM) return 0; /* Quick check: They should all have the same value. */ for (i = 1; i < nsyms; i++) if (SYMBOL_VALUE (syms[i].sym) != SYMBOL_VALUE (syms[0].sym)) return 0; /* Quick check: They should all have the same number of enumerals. */ for (i = 1; i < nsyms; i++) if (TYPE_NFIELDS (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].sym)) != TYPE_NFIELDS (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[0].sym))) return 0; /* All the sanity checks passed, so we might have a set of identical enumeration types. Perform a more complete comparison of the type of each symbol. */ for (i = 1; i < nsyms; i++) if (!ada_identical_enum_types_p (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].sym), SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[0].sym))) return 0; return 1; } /* Remove any non-debugging symbols in SYMS[0 .. NSYMS-1] that definitely duplicate other symbols in the list (The only case I know of where this happens is when object files containing stabs-in-ecoff are linked with files containing ordinary ecoff debugging symbols (or no debugging symbols)). Modifies SYMS to squeeze out deleted entries. Returns the number of items in the modified list. */ static int remove_extra_symbols (struct ada_symbol_info *syms, int nsyms) { int i, j; /* We should never be called with less than 2 symbols, as there cannot be any extra symbol in that case. But it's easy to handle, since we have nothing to do in that case. */ if (nsyms < 2) return nsyms; i = 0; while (i < nsyms) { int remove_p = 0; /* If two symbols have the same name and one of them is a stub type, the get rid of the stub. */ if (TYPE_STUB (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].sym)) && SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms[i].sym) != NULL) { for (j = 0; j < nsyms; j++) { if (j != i && !TYPE_STUB (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[j].sym)) && SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms[j].sym) != NULL && strcmp (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms[i].sym), SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms[j].sym)) == 0) remove_p = 1; } } /* Two symbols with the same name, same class and same address should be identical. */ else if (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms[i].sym) != NULL && SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i].sym) == LOC_STATIC && is_nondebugging_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].sym))) { for (j = 0; j < nsyms; j += 1) { if (i != j && SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms[j].sym) != NULL && strcmp (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms[i].sym), SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms[j].sym)) == 0 && SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i].sym) == SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[j].sym) && SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (syms[i].sym) == SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (syms[j].sym)) remove_p = 1; } } if (remove_p) { for (j = i + 1; j < nsyms; j += 1) syms[j - 1] = syms[j]; nsyms -= 1; } i += 1; } /* If all the remaining symbols are identical enumerals, then just keep the first one and discard the rest. Unlike what we did previously, we do not discard any entry unless they are ALL identical. This is because the symbol comparison is not a strict comparison, but rather a practical comparison. If all symbols are considered identical, then we can just go ahead and use the first one and discard the rest. But if we cannot reduce the list to a single element, we have to ask the user to disambiguate anyways. And if we have to present a multiple-choice menu, it's less confusing if the list isn't missing some choices that were identical and yet distinct. */ if (symbols_are_identical_enums (syms, nsyms)) nsyms = 1; return nsyms; } /* Given a type that corresponds to a renaming entity, use the type name to extract the scope (package name or function name, fully qualified, and following the GNAT encoding convention) where this renaming has been defined. The string returned needs to be deallocated after use. */ static char * xget_renaming_scope (struct type *renaming_type) { /* The renaming types adhere to the following convention: <scope>__<rename>___<XR extension>. So, to extract the scope, we search for the "___XR" extension, and then backtrack until we find the first "__". */ const char *name = type_name_no_tag (renaming_type); char *suffix = strstr (name, "___XR"); char *last; int scope_len; char *scope; /* Now, backtrack a bit until we find the first "__". Start looking at suffix - 3, as the <rename> part is at least one character long. */ for (last = suffix - 3; last > name; last--) if (last[0] == '_' && last[1] == '_') break; /* Make a copy of scope and return it. */ scope_len = last - name; scope = (char *) xmalloc ((scope_len + 1) * sizeof (char)); strncpy (scope, name, scope_len); scope[scope_len] = '\0'; return scope; } /* Return nonzero if NAME corresponds to a package name. */ static int is_package_name (const char *name) { /* Here, We take advantage of the fact that no symbols are generated for packages, while symbols are generated for each function. So the condition for NAME represent a package becomes equivalent to NAME not existing in our list of symbols. There is only one small complication with library-level functions (see below). */ char *fun_name; /* If it is a function that has not been defined at library level, then we should be able to look it up in the symbols. */ if (standard_lookup (name, NULL, VAR_DOMAIN) != NULL) return 0; /* Library-level function names start with "_ada_". See if function "_ada_" followed by NAME can be found. */ /* Do a quick check that NAME does not contain "__", since library-level functions names cannot contain "__" in them. */ if (strstr (name, "__") != NULL) return 0; fun_name = xstrprintf ("_ada_%s", name); return (standard_lookup (fun_name, NULL, VAR_DOMAIN) == NULL); } /* Return nonzero if SYM corresponds to a renaming entity that is not visible from FUNCTION_NAME. */ static int old_renaming_is_invisible (const struct symbol *sym, const char *function_name) { char *scope; if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_TYPEDEF) return 0; scope = xget_renaming_scope (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)); make_cleanup (xfree, scope); /* If the rename has been defined in a package, then it is visible. */ if (is_package_name (scope)) return 0; /* Check that the rename is in the current function scope by checking that its name starts with SCOPE. */ /* If the function name starts with "_ada_", it means that it is a library-level function. Strip this prefix before doing the comparison, as the encoding for the renaming does not contain this prefix. */ if (strncmp (function_name, "_ada_", 5) == 0) function_name += 5; return (strncmp (function_name, scope, strlen (scope)) != 0); } /* Remove entries from SYMS that corresponds to a renaming entity that is not visible from the function associated with CURRENT_BLOCK or that is superfluous due to the presence of more specific renaming information. Places surviving symbols in the initial entries of SYMS and returns the number of surviving symbols. Rationale: First, in cases where an object renaming is implemented as a reference variable, GNAT may produce both the actual reference variable and the renaming encoding. In this case, we discard the latter. Second, GNAT emits a type following a specified encoding for each renaming entity. Unfortunately, STABS currently does not support the definition of types that are local to a given lexical block, so all renamings types are emitted at library level. As a consequence, if an application contains two renaming entities using the same name, and a user tries to print the value of one of these entities, the result of the ada symbol lookup will also contain the wrong renaming type. This function partially covers for this limitation by attempting to remove from the SYMS list renaming symbols that should be visible from CURRENT_BLOCK. However, there does not seem be a 100% reliable method with the current information available. The implementation below has a couple of limitations (FIXME: brobecker-2003-05-12): - When the user tries to print a rename in a function while there is another rename entity defined in a package: Normally, the rename in the function has precedence over the rename in the package, so the latter should be removed from the list. This is currently not the case. - This function will incorrectly remove valid renames if the CURRENT_BLOCK corresponds to a function which symbol name has been changed by an "Export" pragma. As a consequence, the user will be unable to print such rename entities. */ static int remove_irrelevant_renamings (struct ada_symbol_info *syms, int nsyms, const struct block *current_block) { struct symbol *current_function; const char *current_function_name; int i; int is_new_style_renaming; /* If there is both a renaming foo___XR... encoded as a variable and a simple variable foo in the same block, discard the latter. First, zero out such symbols, then compress. */ is_new_style_renaming = 0; for (i = 0; i < nsyms; i += 1) { struct symbol *sym = syms[i].sym; const struct block *block = syms[i].block; const char *name; const char *suffix; if (sym == NULL || SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_TYPEDEF) continue; name = SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym); suffix = strstr (name, "___XR"); if (suffix != NULL) { int name_len = suffix - name; int j; is_new_style_renaming = 1; for (j = 0; j < nsyms; j += 1) if (i != j && syms[j].sym != NULL && strncmp (name, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms[j].sym), name_len) == 0 && block == syms[j].block) syms[j].sym = NULL; } } if (is_new_style_renaming) { int j, k; for (j = k = 0; j < nsyms; j += 1) if (syms[j].sym != NULL) { syms[k] = syms[j]; k += 1; } return k; } /* Extract the function name associated to CURRENT_BLOCK. Abort if unable to do so. */ if (current_block == NULL) return nsyms; current_function = block_linkage_function (current_block); if (current_function == NULL) return nsyms; current_function_name = SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (current_function); if (current_function_name == NULL) return nsyms; /* Check each of the symbols, and remove it from the list if it is a type corresponding to a renaming that is out of the scope of the current block. */ i = 0; while (i < nsyms) { if (ada_parse_renaming (syms[i].sym, NULL, NULL, NULL) == ADA_OBJECT_RENAMING && old_renaming_is_invisible (syms[i].sym, current_function_name)) { int j; for (j = i + 1; j < nsyms; j += 1) syms[j - 1] = syms[j]; nsyms -= 1; } else i += 1; } return nsyms; } /* Add to OBSTACKP all symbols from BLOCK (and its super-blocks) whose name and domain match NAME and DOMAIN respectively. If no match was found, then extend the search to "enclosing" routines (in other words, if we're inside a nested function, search the symbols defined inside the enclosing functions). If WILD_MATCH_P is nonzero, perform the naming matching in "wild" mode (see function "wild_match" for more info). Note: This function assumes that OBSTACKP has 0 (zero) element in it. */ static void ada_add_local_symbols (struct obstack *obstackp, const char *name, struct block *block, domain_enum domain, int wild_match_p) { int block_depth = 0; while (block != NULL) { block_depth += 1; ada_add_block_symbols (obstackp, block, name, domain, NULL, wild_match_p); /* If we found a non-function match, assume that's the one. */ if (is_nonfunction (defns_collected (obstackp, 0), num_defns_collected (obstackp))) return; block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block); } /* If no luck so far, try to find NAME as a local symbol in some lexically enclosing subprogram. */ if (num_defns_collected (obstackp) == 0 && block_depth > 2) add_symbols_from_enclosing_procs (obstackp, name, domain, wild_match_p); } /* An object of this type is used as the user_data argument when calling the map_matching_symbols method. */ struct match_data { struct objfile *objfile; struct obstack *obstackp; struct symbol *arg_sym; int found_sym; }; /* A callback for add_matching_symbols that adds SYM, found in BLOCK, to a list of symbols. DATA0 is a pointer to a struct match_data * containing the obstack that collects the symbol list, the file that SYM must come from, a flag indicating whether a non-argument symbol has been found in the current block, and the last argument symbol passed in SYM within the current block (if any). When SYM is null, marking the end of a block, the argument symbol is added if no other has been found. */ static int aux_add_nonlocal_symbols (struct block *block, struct symbol *sym, void *data0) { struct match_data *data = (struct match_data *) data0; if (sym == NULL) { if (!data->found_sym && data->arg_sym != NULL) add_defn_to_vec (data->obstackp, fixup_symbol_section (data->arg_sym, data->objfile), block); data->found_sym = 0; data->arg_sym = NULL; } else { if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_UNRESOLVED) return 0; else if (SYMBOL_IS_ARGUMENT (sym)) data->arg_sym = sym; else { data->found_sym = 1; add_defn_to_vec (data->obstackp, fixup_symbol_section (sym, data->objfile), block); } } return 0; } /* Compare STRING1 to STRING2, with results as for strcmp. Compatible with strcmp_iw in that strcmp_iw (STRING1, STRING2) <= 0 implies compare_names (STRING1, STRING2) (they may differ as to what symbols compare equal). */ static int compare_names (const char *string1, const char *string2) { while (*string1 != '\0' && *string2 != '\0') { if (isspace (*string1) || isspace (*string2)) return strcmp_iw_ordered (string1, string2); if (*string1 != *string2) break; string1 += 1; string2 += 1; } switch (*string1) { case '(': return strcmp_iw_ordered (string1, string2); case '_': if (*string2 == '\0') { if (is_name_suffix (string1)) return 0; else return 1; } /* FALLTHROUGH */ default: if (*string2 == '(') return strcmp_iw_ordered (string1, string2); else return *string1 - *string2; } } /* Add to OBSTACKP all non-local symbols whose name and domain match NAME and DOMAIN respectively. The search is performed on GLOBAL_BLOCK symbols if GLOBAL is non-zero, or on STATIC_BLOCK symbols otherwise. */ static void add_nonlocal_symbols (struct obstack *obstackp, const char *name, domain_enum domain, int global, int is_wild_match) { struct objfile *objfile; struct match_data data; memset (&data, 0, sizeof data); data.obstackp = obstackp; ALL_OBJFILES (objfile) { data.objfile = objfile; if (is_wild_match) objfile->sf->qf->map_matching_symbols (name, domain, objfile, global, aux_add_nonlocal_symbols, &data, wild_match, NULL); else objfile->sf->qf->map_matching_symbols (name, domain, objfile, global, aux_add_nonlocal_symbols, &data, full_match, compare_names); } if (num_defns_collected (obstackp) == 0 && global && !is_wild_match) { ALL_OBJFILES (objfile) { char *name1 = alloca (strlen (name) + sizeof ("_ada_")); strcpy (name1, "_ada_"); strcpy (name1 + sizeof ("_ada_") - 1, name); data.objfile = objfile; objfile->sf->qf->map_matching_symbols (name1, domain, objfile, global, aux_add_nonlocal_symbols, &data, full_match, compare_names); } } } /* Find symbols in DOMAIN matching NAME0, in BLOCK0 and enclosing scope and in global scopes, returning the number of matches. Sets *RESULTS to point to a vector of (SYM,BLOCK) tuples, indicating the symbols found and the blocks and symbol tables (if any) in which they were found. This vector are transient---good only to the next call of ada_lookup_symbol_list. Any non-function/non-enumeral symbol match within the nest of blocks whose innermost member is BLOCK0, is the one match returned (no other matches in that or enclosing blocks is returned). If there are any matches in or surrounding BLOCK0, then these alone are returned. Otherwise, if FULL_SEARCH is non-zero, then the search extends to global and file-scope (static) symbol tables. Names prefixed with "standard__" are handled specially: "standard__" is first stripped off, and only static and global symbols are searched. */ int ada_lookup_symbol_list (const char *name0, const struct block *block0, domain_enum namespace, struct ada_symbol_info **results, int full_search) { struct symbol *sym; struct block *block; const char *name; const int wild_match_p = should_use_wild_match (name0); int cacheIfUnique; int ndefns; obstack_free (&symbol_list_obstack, NULL); obstack_init (&symbol_list_obstack); cacheIfUnique = 0; /* Search specified block and its superiors. */ name = name0; block = (struct block *) block0; /* FIXME: No cast ought to be needed, but adding const will have a cascade effect. */ /* Special case: If the user specifies a symbol name inside package Standard, do a non-wild matching of the symbol name without the "standard__" prefix. This was primarily introduced in order to allow the user to specifically access the standard exceptions using, for instance, Standard.Constraint_Error when Constraint_Error is ambiguous (due to the user defining its own Constraint_Error entity inside its program). */ if (strncmp (name0, "standard__", sizeof ("standard__") - 1) == 0) { block = NULL; name = name0 + sizeof ("standard__") - 1; } /* Check the non-global symbols. If we have ANY match, then we're done. */ ada_add_local_symbols (&symbol_list_obstack, name, block, namespace, wild_match_p); if (num_defns_collected (&symbol_list_obstack) > 0 || !full_search) goto done; /* No non-global symbols found. Check our cache to see if we have already performed this search before. If we have, then return the same result. */ cacheIfUnique = 1; if (lookup_cached_symbol (name0, namespace, &sym, &block)) { if (sym != NULL) add_defn_to_vec (&symbol_list_obstack, sym, block); goto done; } /* Search symbols from all global blocks. */ add_nonlocal_symbols (&symbol_list_obstack, name, namespace, 1, wild_match_p); /* Now add symbols from all per-file blocks if we've gotten no hits (not strictly correct, but perhaps better than an error). */ if (num_defns_collected (&symbol_list_obstack) == 0) add_nonlocal_symbols (&symbol_list_obstack, name, namespace, 0, wild_match_p); done: ndefns = num_defns_collected (&symbol_list_obstack); *results = defns_collected (&symbol_list_obstack, 1); ndefns = remove_extra_symbols (*results, ndefns); if (ndefns == 0 && full_search) cache_symbol (name0, namespace, NULL, NULL); if (ndefns == 1 && full_search && cacheIfUnique) cache_symbol (name0, namespace, (*results)[0].sym, (*results)[0].block); ndefns = remove_irrelevant_renamings (*results, ndefns, block0); return ndefns; } /* If NAME is the name of an entity, return a string that should be used to look that entity up in Ada units. This string should be deallocated after use using xfree. NAME can have any form that the "break" or "print" commands might recognize. In other words, it does not have to be the "natural" name, or the "encoded" name. */ char * ada_name_for_lookup (const char *name) { char *canon; int nlen = strlen (name); if (name[0] == '<' && name[nlen - 1] == '>') { canon = xmalloc (nlen - 1); memcpy (canon, name + 1, nlen - 2); canon[nlen - 2] = '\0'; } else canon = xstrdup (ada_encode (ada_fold_name (name))); return canon; } /* Implementation of the la_iterate_over_symbols method. */ static void ada_iterate_over_symbols (const struct block *block, const char *name, domain_enum domain, symbol_found_callback_ftype *callback, void *data) { int ndefs, i; struct ada_symbol_info *results; ndefs = ada_lookup_symbol_list (name, block, domain, &results, 0); for (i = 0; i < ndefs; ++i) { if (! (*callback) (results[i].sym, data)) break; } } /* The result is as for ada_lookup_symbol_list with FULL_SEARCH set to 1, but choosing the first symbol found if there are multiple choices. The result is stored in *INFO, which must be non-NULL. If no match is found, INFO->SYM is set to NULL. */ void ada_lookup_encoded_symbol (const char *name, const struct block *block, domain_enum namespace, struct ada_symbol_info *info) { struct ada_symbol_info *candidates; int n_candidates; gdb_assert (info != NULL); memset (info, 0, sizeof (struct ada_symbol_info)); n_candidates = ada_lookup_symbol_list (name, block, namespace, &candidates, 1); if (n_candidates == 0) return; *info = candidates[0]; info->sym = fixup_symbol_section (info->sym, NULL); } /* Return a symbol in DOMAIN matching NAME, in BLOCK0 and enclosing scope and in global scopes, or NULL if none. NAME is folded and encoded first. Otherwise, the result is as for ada_lookup_symbol_list, choosing the first symbol if there are multiple choices. If IS_A_FIELD_OF_THIS is not NULL, it is set to zero. */ struct symbol * ada_lookup_symbol (const char *name, const struct block *block0, domain_enum namespace, int *is_a_field_of_this) { struct ada_symbol_info info; if (is_a_field_of_this != NULL) *is_a_field_of_this = 0; ada_lookup_encoded_symbol (ada_encode (ada_fold_name (name)), block0, namespace, &info); return info.sym; } static struct symbol * ada_lookup_symbol_nonlocal (const char *name, const struct block *block, const domain_enum domain) { return ada_lookup_symbol (name, block_static_block (block), domain, NULL); } /* True iff STR is a possible encoded suffix of a normal Ada name that is to be ignored for matching purposes. Suffixes of parallel names (e.g., XVE) are not included here. Currently, the possible suffixes are given by any of the regular expressions: [.$][0-9]+ [nested subprogram suffix, on platforms such as GNU/Linux] ___[0-9]+ [nested subprogram suffix, on platforms such as HP/UX] TKB [subprogram suffix for task bodies] _E[0-9]+[bs]$ [protected object entry suffixes] (X[nb]*)?((\$|__)[0-9](_?[0-9]+)|___(JM|LJM|X([FDBUP].*|R[^T]?)))?$ Also, any leading "__[0-9]+" sequence is skipped before the suffix match is performed. This sequence is used to differentiate homonyms, is an optional part of a valid name suffix. */ static int is_name_suffix (const char *str) { int k; const char *matching; const int len = strlen (str); /* Skip optional leading __[0-9]+. */ if (len > 3 && str[0] == '_' && str[1] == '_' && isdigit (str[2])) { str += 3; while (isdigit (str[0])) str += 1; } /* [.$][0-9]+ */ if (str[0] == '.' || str[0] == '$') { matching = str + 1; while (isdigit (matching[0])) matching += 1; if (matching[0] == '\0') return 1; } /* ___[0-9]+ */ if (len > 3 && str[0] == '_' && str[1] == '_' && str[2] == '_') { matching = str + 3; while (isdigit (matching[0])) matching += 1; if (matching[0] == '\0') return 1; } /* "TKB" suffixes are used for subprograms implementing task bodies. */ if (strcmp (str, "TKB") == 0) return 1; #if 0 /* FIXME: brobecker/2005-09-23: Protected Object subprograms end with a N at the end. Unfortunately, the compiler uses the same convention for other internal types it creates. So treating all entity names that end with an "N" as a name suffix causes some regressions. For instance, consider the case of an enumerated type. To support the 'Image attribute, it creates an array whose name ends with N. Having a single character like this as a suffix carrying some information is a bit risky. Perhaps we should change the encoding to be something like "_N" instead. In the meantime, do not do the following check. */ /* Protected Object Subprograms */ if (len == 1 && str [0] == 'N') return 1; #endif /* _E[0-9]+[bs]$ */ if (len > 3 && str[0] == '_' && str [1] == 'E' && isdigit (str[2])) { matching = str + 3; while (isdigit (matching[0])) matching += 1; if ((matching[0] == 'b' || matching[0] == 's') && matching [1] == '\0') return 1; } /* ??? We should not modify STR directly, as we are doing below. This is fine in this case, but may become problematic later if we find that this alternative did not work, and want to try matching another one from the begining of STR. Since we modified it, we won't be able to find the begining of the string anymore! */ if (str[0] == 'X') { str += 1; while (str[0] != '_' && str[0] != '\0') { if (str[0] != 'n' && str[0] != 'b') return 0; str += 1; } } if (str[0] == '\000') return 1; if (str[0] == '_') { if (str[1] != '_' || str[2] == '\000') return 0; if (str[2] == '_') { if (strcmp (str + 3, "JM") == 0) return 1; /* FIXME: brobecker/2004-09-30: GNAT will soon stop using the LJM suffix in favor of the JM one. But we will still accept LJM as a valid suffix for a reasonable amount of time, just to allow ourselves to debug programs compiled using an older version of GNAT. */ if (strcmp (str + 3, "LJM") == 0) return 1; if (str[3] != 'X') return 0; if (str[4] == 'F' || str[4] == 'D' || str[4] == 'B' || str[4] == 'U' || str[4] == 'P') return 1; if (str[4] == 'R' && str[5] != 'T') return 1; return 0; } if (!isdigit (str[2])) return 0; for (k = 3; str[k] != '\0'; k += 1) if (!isdigit (str[k]) && str[k] != '_') return 0; return 1; } if (str[0] == '$' && isdigit (str[1])) { for (k = 2; str[k] != '\0'; k += 1) if (!isdigit (str[k]) && str[k] != '_') return 0; return 1; } return 0; } /* Return non-zero if the string starting at NAME and ending before NAME_END contains no capital letters. */ static int is_valid_name_for_wild_match (const char *name0) { const char *decoded_name = ada_decode (name0); int i; /* If the decoded name starts with an angle bracket, it means that NAME0 does not follow the GNAT encoding format. It should then not be allowed as a possible wild match. */ if (decoded_name[0] == '<') return 0; for (i=0; decoded_name[i] != '\0'; i++) if (isalpha (decoded_name[i]) && !islower (decoded_name[i])) return 0; return 1; } /* Advance *NAMEP to next occurrence of TARGET0 in the string NAME0 that could start a simple name. Assumes that *NAMEP points into the string beginning at NAME0. */ static int advance_wild_match (const char **namep, const char *name0, int target0) { const char *name = *namep; while (1) { int t0, t1; t0 = *name; if (t0 == '_') { t1 = name[1]; if ((t1 >= 'a' && t1 <= 'z') || (t1 >= '0' && t1 <= '9')) { name += 1; if (name == name0 + 5 && strncmp (name0, "_ada", 4) == 0) break; else name += 1; } else if (t1 == '_' && ((name[2] >= 'a' && name[2] <= 'z') || name[2] == target0)) { name += 2; break; } else return 0; } else if ((t0 >= 'a' && t0 <= 'z') || (t0 >= '0' && t0 <= '9')) name += 1; else return 0; } *namep = name; return 1; } /* Return 0 iff NAME encodes a name of the form prefix.PATN. Ignores any informational suffixes of NAME (i.e., for which is_name_suffix is true). Assumes that PATN is a lower-cased Ada simple name. */ static int wild_match (const char *name, const char *patn) { const char *p; const char *name0 = name; while (1) { const char *match = name; if (*name == *patn) { for (name += 1, p = patn + 1; *p != '\0'; name += 1, p += 1) if (*p != *name) break; if (*p == '\0' && is_name_suffix (name)) return match != name0 && !is_valid_name_for_wild_match (name0); if (name[-1] == '_') name -= 1; } if (!advance_wild_match (&name, name0, *patn)) return 1; } } /* Returns 0 iff symbol name SYM_NAME matches SEARCH_NAME, apart from informational suffix. */ static int full_match (const char *sym_name, const char *search_name) { return !match_name (sym_name, search_name, 0); } /* Add symbols from BLOCK matching identifier NAME in DOMAIN to vector *defn_symbols, updating the list of symbols in OBSTACKP (if necessary). If WILD, treat as NAME with a wildcard prefix. OBJFILE is the section containing BLOCK. SYMTAB is recorded with each symbol added. */ static void ada_add_block_symbols (struct obstack *obstackp, struct block *block, const char *name, domain_enum domain, struct objfile *objfile, int wild) { struct block_iterator iter; int name_len = strlen (name); /* A matching argument symbol, if any. */ struct symbol *arg_sym; /* Set true when we find a matching non-argument symbol. */ int found_sym; struct symbol *sym; arg_sym = NULL; found_sym = 0; if (wild) { for (sym = block_iter_match_first (block, name, wild_match, &iter); sym != NULL; sym = block_iter_match_next (name, wild_match, &iter)) { if (symbol_matches_domain (SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym), SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym), domain) && wild_match (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym), name) == 0) { if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_UNRESOLVED) continue; else if (SYMBOL_IS_ARGUMENT (sym)) arg_sym = sym; else { found_sym = 1; add_defn_to_vec (obstackp, fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile), block); } } } } else { for (sym = block_iter_match_first (block, name, full_match, &iter); sym != NULL; sym = block_iter_match_next (name, full_match, &iter)) { if (symbol_matches_domain (SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym), SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym), domain)) { if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_UNRESOLVED) { if (SYMBOL_IS_ARGUMENT (sym)) arg_sym = sym; else { found_sym = 1; add_defn_to_vec (obstackp, fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile), block); } } } } } if (!found_sym && arg_sym != NULL) { add_defn_to_vec (obstackp, fixup_symbol_section (arg_sym, objfile), block); } if (!wild) { arg_sym = NULL; found_sym = 0; ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (block, iter, sym) { if (symbol_matches_domain (SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym), SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym), domain)) { int cmp; cmp = (int) '_' - (int) SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym)[0]; if (cmp == 0) { cmp = strncmp ("_ada_", SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym), 5); if (cmp == 0) cmp = strncmp (name, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym) + 5, name_len); } if (cmp == 0 && is_name_suffix (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym) + name_len + 5)) { if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_UNRESOLVED) { if (SYMBOL_IS_ARGUMENT (sym)) arg_sym = sym; else { found_sym = 1; add_defn_to_vec (obstackp, fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile), block); } } } } } /* NOTE: This really shouldn't be needed for _ada_ symbols. They aren't parameters, right? */ if (!found_sym && arg_sym != NULL) { add_defn_to_vec (obstackp, fixup_symbol_section (arg_sym, objfile), block); } } } /* Symbol Completion */ /* If SYM_NAME is a completion candidate for TEXT, return this symbol name in a form that's appropriate for the completion. The result does not need to be deallocated, but is only good until the next call. TEXT_LEN is equal to the length of TEXT. Perform a wild match if WILD_MATCH_P is set. ENCODED_P should be set if TEXT represents the start of a symbol name in its encoded form. */ static const char * symbol_completion_match (const char *sym_name, const char *text, int text_len, int wild_match_p, int encoded_p) { const int verbatim_match = (text[0] == '<'); int match = 0; if (verbatim_match) { /* Strip the leading angle bracket. */ text = text + 1; text_len--; } /* First, test against the fully qualified name of the symbol. */ if (strncmp (sym_name, text, text_len) == 0) match = 1; if (match && !encoded_p) { /* One needed check before declaring a positive match is to verify that iff we are doing a verbatim match, the decoded version of the symbol name starts with '<'. Otherwise, this symbol name is not a suitable completion. */ const char *sym_name_copy = sym_name; int has_angle_bracket; sym_name = ada_decode (sym_name); has_angle_bracket = (sym_name[0] == '<'); match = (has_angle_bracket == verbatim_match); sym_name = sym_name_copy; } if (match && !verbatim_match) { /* When doing non-verbatim match, another check that needs to be done is to verify that the potentially matching symbol name does not include capital letters, because the ada-mode would not be able to understand these symbol names without the angle bracket notation. */ const char *tmp; for (tmp = sym_name; *tmp != '\0' && !isupper (*tmp); tmp++); if (*tmp != '\0') match = 0; } /* Second: Try wild matching... */ if (!match && wild_match_p) { /* Since we are doing wild matching, this means that TEXT may represent an unqualified symbol name. We therefore must also compare TEXT against the unqualified name of the symbol. */ sym_name = ada_unqualified_name (ada_decode (sym_name)); if (strncmp (sym_name, text, text_len) == 0) match = 1; } /* Finally: If we found a mach, prepare the result to return. */ if (!match) return NULL; if (verbatim_match) sym_name = add_angle_brackets (sym_name); if (!encoded_p) sym_name = ada_decode (sym_name); return sym_name; } /* A companion function to ada_make_symbol_completion_list(). Check if SYM_NAME represents a symbol which name would be suitable to complete TEXT (TEXT_LEN is the length of TEXT), in which case it is appended at the end of the given string vector SV. ORIG_TEXT is the string original string from the user command that needs to be completed. WORD is the entire command on which completion should be performed. These two parameters are used to determine which part of the symbol name should be added to the completion vector. if WILD_MATCH_P is set, then wild matching is performed. ENCODED_P should be set if TEXT represents a symbol name in its encoded formed (in which case the completion should also be encoded). */ static void symbol_completion_add (VEC(char_ptr) **sv, const char *sym_name, const char *text, int text_len, const char *orig_text, const char *word, int wild_match_p, int encoded_p) { const char *match = symbol_completion_match (sym_name, text, text_len, wild_match_p, encoded_p); char *completion; if (match == NULL) return; /* We found a match, so add the appropriate completion to the given string vector. */ if (word == orig_text) { completion = xmalloc (strlen (match) + 5); strcpy (completion, match); } else if (word > orig_text) { /* Return some portion of sym_name. */ completion = xmalloc (strlen (match) + 5); strcpy (completion, match + (word - orig_text)); } else { /* Return some of ORIG_TEXT plus sym_name. */ completion = xmalloc (strlen (match) + (orig_text - word) + 5); strncpy (completion, word, orig_text - word); completion[orig_text - word] = '\0'; strcat (completion, match); } VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, *sv, completion); } /* An object of this type is passed as the user_data argument to the expand_partial_symbol_names method. */ struct add_partial_datum { VEC(char_ptr) **completions; char *text; int text_len; char *text0; char *word; int wild_match; int encoded; }; /* A callback for expand_partial_symbol_names. */ static int ada_expand_partial_symbol_name (const char *name, void *user_data) { struct add_partial_datum *data = user_data; return symbol_completion_match (name, data->text, data->text_len, data->wild_match, data->encoded) != NULL; } /* Return a list of possible symbol names completing TEXT0. WORD is the entire command on which completion is made. */ static VEC (char_ptr) * ada_make_symbol_completion_list (char *text0, char *word, enum type_code code) { char *text; int text_len; int wild_match_p; int encoded_p; VEC(char_ptr) *completions = VEC_alloc (char_ptr, 128); struct symbol *sym; struct symtab *s; struct minimal_symbol *msymbol; struct objfile *objfile; struct block *b, *surrounding_static_block = 0; int i; struct block_iterator iter; gdb_assert (code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF); if (text0[0] == '<') { text = xstrdup (text0); make_cleanup (xfree, text); text_len = strlen (text); wild_match_p = 0; encoded_p = 1; } else { text = xstrdup (ada_encode (text0)); make_cleanup (xfree, text); text_len = strlen (text); for (i = 0; i < text_len; i++) text[i] = tolower (text[i]); encoded_p = (strstr (text0, "__") != NULL); /* If the name contains a ".", then the user is entering a fully qualified entity name, and the match must not be done in wild mode. Similarly, if the user wants to complete what looks like an encoded name, the match must not be done in wild mode. */ wild_match_p = (strchr (text0, '.') == NULL && !encoded_p); } /* First, look at the partial symtab symbols. */ { struct add_partial_datum data; data.completions = &completions; data.text = text; data.text_len = text_len; data.text0 = text0; data.word = word; data.wild_match = wild_match_p; data.encoded = encoded_p; expand_partial_symbol_names (ada_expand_partial_symbol_name, &data); } /* At this point scan through the misc symbol vectors and add each symbol you find to the list. Eventually we want to ignore anything that isn't a text symbol (everything else will be handled by the psymtab code above). */ ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile, msymbol) { QUIT; symbol_completion_add (&completions, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (msymbol), text, text_len, text0, word, wild_match_p, encoded_p); } /* Search upwards from currently selected frame (so that we can complete on local vars. */ for (b = get_selected_block (0); b != NULL; b = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b)) { if (!BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b)) surrounding_static_block = b; /* For elmin of dups */ ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym) { symbol_completion_add (&completions, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym), text, text_len, text0, word, wild_match_p, encoded_p); } } /* Go through the symtabs and check the externs and statics for symbols which match. */ ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s) { QUIT; b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), GLOBAL_BLOCK); ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym) { symbol_completion_add (&completions, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym), text, text_len, text0, word, wild_match_p, encoded_p); } } ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s) { QUIT; b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), STATIC_BLOCK); /* Don't do this block twice. */ if (b == surrounding_static_block) continue; ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym) { symbol_completion_add (&completions, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym), text, text_len, text0, word, wild_match_p, encoded_p); } } return completions; } /* Field Access */ /* Return non-zero if TYPE is a pointer to the GNAT dispatch table used for tagged types. */ static int ada_is_dispatch_table_ptr_type (struct type *type) { const char *name; if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR) return 0; name = TYPE_NAME (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); if (name == NULL) return 0; return (strcmp (name, "ada__tags__dispatch_table") == 0); } /* Return non-zero if TYPE is an interface tag. */ static int ada_is_interface_tag (struct type *type) { const char *name = TYPE_NAME (type); if (name == NULL) return 0; return (strcmp (name, "ada__tags__interface_tag") == 0); } /* True if field number FIELD_NUM in struct or union type TYPE is supposed to be invisible to users. */ int ada_is_ignored_field (struct type *type, int field_num) { if (field_num < 0 || field_num > TYPE_NFIELDS (type)) return 1; /* Check the name of that field. */ { const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num); /* Anonymous field names should not be printed. brobecker/2007-02-20: I don't think this can actually happen but we don't want to print the value of annonymous fields anyway. */ if (name == NULL) return 1; /* Normally, fields whose name start with an underscore ("_") are fields that have been internally generated by the compiler, and thus should not be printed. The "_parent" field is special, however: This is a field internally generated by the compiler for tagged types, and it contains the components inherited from the parent type. This field should not be printed as is, but should not be ignored either. */ if (name[0] == '_' && strncmp (name, "_parent", 7) != 0) return 1; } /* If this is the dispatch table of a tagged type or an interface tag, then ignore. */ if (ada_is_tagged_type (type, 1) && (ada_is_dispatch_table_ptr_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, field_num)) || ada_is_interface_tag (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, field_num)))) return 1; /* Not a special field, so it should not be ignored. */ return 0; } /* True iff TYPE has a tag field. If REFOK, then TYPE may also be a pointer or reference type whose ultimate target has a tag field. */ int ada_is_tagged_type (struct type *type, int refok) { return (ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "_tag", refok, 1, NULL) != NULL); } /* True iff TYPE represents the type of X'Tag */ int ada_is_tag_type (struct type *type) { if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR) return 0; else { const char *name = ada_type_name (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); return (name != NULL && strcmp (name, "ada__tags__dispatch_table") == 0); } } /* The type of the tag on VAL. */ struct type * ada_tag_type (struct value *val) { return ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (value_type (val), "_tag", 1, 0, NULL); } /* Return 1 if TAG follows the old scheme for Ada tags (used for Ada 95, retired at Ada 05). */ static int is_ada95_tag (struct value *tag) { return ada_value_struct_elt (tag, "tsd", 1) != NULL; } /* The value of the tag on VAL. */ struct value * ada_value_tag (struct value *val) { return ada_value_struct_elt (val, "_tag", 0); } /* The value of the tag on the object of type TYPE whose contents are saved at VALADDR, if it is non-null, or is at memory address ADDRESS. */ static struct value * value_tag_from_contents_and_address (struct type *type, const gdb_byte *valaddr, CORE_ADDR address) { int tag_byte_offset; struct type *tag_type; if (find_struct_field ("_tag", type, 0, &tag_type, &tag_byte_offset, NULL, NULL, NULL)) { const gdb_byte *valaddr1 = ((valaddr == NULL) ? NULL : valaddr + tag_byte_offset); CORE_ADDR address1 = (address == 0) ? 0 : address + tag_byte_offset; return value_from_contents_and_address (tag_type, valaddr1, address1); } return NULL; } static struct type * type_from_tag (struct value *tag) { const char *type_name = ada_tag_name (tag); if (type_name != NULL) return ada_find_any_type (ada_encode (type_name)); return NULL; } /* Given a value OBJ of a tagged type, return a value of this type at the base address of the object. The base address, as defined in Ada.Tags, it is the address of the primary tag of the object, and therefore where the field values of its full view can be fetched. */ struct value * ada_tag_value_at_base_address (struct value *obj) { volatile struct gdb_exception e; struct value *val; LONGEST offset_to_top = 0; struct type *ptr_type, *obj_type; struct value *tag; CORE_ADDR base_address; obj_type = value_type (obj); /* It is the responsability of the caller to deref pointers. */ if (TYPE_CODE (obj_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR || TYPE_CODE (obj_type) == TYPE_CODE_REF) return obj; tag = ada_value_tag (obj); if (!tag) return obj; /* Base addresses only appeared with Ada 05 and multiple inheritance. */ if (is_ada95_tag (tag)) return obj; ptr_type = builtin_type (target_gdbarch ())->builtin_data_ptr; ptr_type = lookup_pointer_type (ptr_type); val = value_cast (ptr_type, tag); if (!val) return obj; /* It is perfectly possible that an exception be raised while trying to determine the base address, just like for the tag; see ada_tag_name for more details. We do not print the error message for the same reason. */ TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR) { offset_to_top = value_as_long (value_ind (value_ptradd (val, -2))); } if (e.reason < 0) return obj; /* If offset is null, nothing to do. */ if (offset_to_top == 0) return obj; /* -1 is a special case in Ada.Tags; however, what should be done is not quite clear from the documentation. So do nothing for now. */ if (offset_to_top == -1) return obj; base_address = value_address (obj) - offset_to_top; tag = value_tag_from_contents_and_address (obj_type, NULL, base_address); /* Make sure that we have a proper tag at the new address. Otherwise, offset_to_top is bogus (which can happen when the object is not initialized yet). */ if (!tag) return obj; obj_type = type_from_tag (tag); if (!obj_type) return obj; return value_from_contents_and_address (obj_type, NULL, base_address); } /* Return the "ada__tags__type_specific_data" type. */ static struct type * ada_get_tsd_type (struct inferior *inf) { struct ada_inferior_data *data = get_ada_inferior_data (inf); if (data->tsd_type == 0) data->tsd_type = ada_find_any_type ("ada__tags__type_specific_data"); return data->tsd_type; } /* Return the TSD (type-specific data) associated to the given TAG. TAG is assumed to be the tag of a tagged-type entity. May return NULL if we are unable to get the TSD. */ static struct value * ada_get_tsd_from_tag (struct value *tag) { struct value *val; struct type *type; /* First option: The TSD is simply stored as a field of our TAG. Only older versions of GNAT would use this format, but we have to test it first, because there are no visible markers for the current approach except the absence of that field. */ val = ada_value_struct_elt (tag, "tsd", 1); if (val) return val; /* Try the second representation for the dispatch table (in which there is no explicit 'tsd' field in the referent of the tag pointer, and instead the tsd pointer is stored just before the dispatch table. */ type = ada_get_tsd_type (current_inferior()); if (type == NULL) return NULL; type = lookup_pointer_type (lookup_pointer_type (type)); val = value_cast (type, tag); if (val == NULL) return NULL; return value_ind (value_ptradd (val, -1)); } /* Given the TSD of a tag (type-specific data), return a string containing the name of the associated type. The returned value is good until the next call. May return NULL if we are unable to determine the tag name. */ static char * ada_tag_name_from_tsd (struct value *tsd) { static char name[1024]; char *p; struct value *val; val = ada_value_struct_elt (tsd, "expanded_name", 1); if (val == NULL) return NULL; read_memory_string (value_as_address (val), name, sizeof (name) - 1); for (p = name; *p != '\0'; p += 1) if (isalpha (*p)) *p = tolower (*p); return name; } /* The type name of the dynamic type denoted by the 'tag value TAG, as a C string. Return NULL if the TAG is not an Ada tag, or if we were unable to determine the name of that tag. The result is good until the next call. */ const char * ada_tag_name (struct value *tag) { volatile struct gdb_exception e; char *name = NULL; if (!ada_is_tag_type (value_type (tag))) return NULL; /* It is perfectly possible that an exception be raised while trying to determine the TAG's name, even under normal circumstances: The associated variable may be uninitialized or corrupted, for instance. We do not let any exception propagate past this point. instead we return NULL. We also do not print the error message either (which often is very low-level (Eg: "Cannot read memory at 0x[...]"), but instead let the caller print a more meaningful message if necessary. */ TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR) { struct value *tsd = ada_get_tsd_from_tag (tag); if (tsd != NULL) name = ada_tag_name_from_tsd (tsd); } return name; } /* The parent type of TYPE, or NULL if none. */ struct type * ada_parent_type (struct type *type) { int i; type = ada_check_typedef (type); if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) return NULL; for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1) if (ada_is_parent_field (type, i)) { struct type *parent_type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i); /* If the _parent field is a pointer, then dereference it. */ if (TYPE_CODE (parent_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) parent_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (parent_type); /* If there is a parallel XVS type, get the actual base type. */ parent_type = ada_get_base_type (parent_type); return ada_check_typedef (parent_type); } return NULL; } /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure type TYPE contains the parent-type (inherited) fields of a derived type. Assumes TYPE is a structure type with at least FIELD_NUM+1 fields. */ int ada_is_parent_field (struct type *type, int field_num) { const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (ada_check_typedef (type), field_num); return (name != NULL && (strncmp (name, "PARENT", 6) == 0 || strncmp (name, "_parent", 7) == 0)); } /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure type TYPE is a transparent wrapper field (which should be silently traversed when doing field selection and flattened when printing). Assumes TYPE is a structure type with at least FIELD_NUM+1 fields. Such fields are always structures. */ int ada_is_wrapper_field (struct type *type, int field_num) { const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num); return (name != NULL && (strncmp (name, "PARENT", 6) == 0 || strcmp (name, "REP") == 0 || strncmp (name, "_parent", 7) == 0 || name[0] == 'S' || name[0] == 'R' || name[0] == 'O')); } /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure or union type TYPE is a variant wrapper. Assumes TYPE is a structure type with at least FIELD_NUM+1 fields. */ int ada_is_variant_part (struct type *type, int field_num) { struct type *field_type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, field_num); return (TYPE_CODE (field_type) == TYPE_CODE_UNION || (is_dynamic_field (type, field_num) && (TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (field_type)) == TYPE_CODE_UNION))); } /* Assuming that VAR_TYPE is a variant wrapper (type of the variant part) whose discriminants are contained in the record type OUTER_TYPE, returns the type of the controlling discriminant for the variant. May return NULL if the type could not be found. */ struct type * ada_variant_discrim_type (struct type *var_type, struct type *outer_type) { char *name = ada_variant_discrim_name (var_type); return ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (outer_type, name, 1, 1, NULL); } /* Assuming that TYPE is the type of a variant wrapper, and FIELD_NUM is a valid field number within it, returns 1 iff field FIELD_NUM of TYPE represents a 'when others' clause; otherwise 0. */ int ada_is_others_clause (struct type *type, int field_num) { const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num); return (name != NULL && name[0] == 'O'); } /* Assuming that TYPE0 is the type of the variant part of a record, returns the name of the discriminant controlling the variant. The value is valid until the next call to ada_variant_discrim_name. */ char * ada_variant_discrim_name (struct type *type0) { static char *result = NULL; static size_t result_len = 0; struct type *type; const char *name; const char *discrim_end; const char *discrim_start; if (TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0); else type = type0; name = ada_type_name (type); if (name == NULL || name[0] == '\000') return ""; for (discrim_end = name + strlen (name) - 6; discrim_end != name; discrim_end -= 1) { if (strncmp (discrim_end, "___XVN", 6) == 0) break; } if (discrim_end == name) return ""; for (discrim_start = discrim_end; discrim_start != name + 3; discrim_start -= 1) { if (discrim_start == name + 1) return ""; if ((discrim_start > name + 3 && strncmp (discrim_start - 3, "___", 3) == 0) || discrim_start[-1] == '.') break; } GROW_VECT (result, result_len, discrim_end - discrim_start + 1); strncpy (result, discrim_start, discrim_end - discrim_start); result[discrim_end - discrim_start] = '\0'; return result; } /* Scan STR for a subtype-encoded number, beginning at position K. Put the position of the character just past the number scanned in *NEW_K, if NEW_K!=NULL. Put the scanned number in *R, if R!=NULL. Return 1 if there was a valid number at the given position, and 0 otherwise. A "subtype-encoded" number consists of the absolute value in decimal, followed by the letter 'm' to indicate a negative number. Assumes 0m does not occur. */ int ada_scan_number (const char str[], int k, LONGEST * R, int *new_k) { ULONGEST RU; if (!isdigit (str[k])) return 0; /* Do it the hard way so as not to make any assumption about the relationship of unsigned long (%lu scan format code) and LONGEST. */ RU = 0; while (isdigit (str[k])) { RU = RU * 10 + (str[k] - '0'); k += 1; } if (str[k] == 'm') { if (R != NULL) *R = (-(LONGEST) (RU - 1)) - 1; k += 1; } else if (R != NULL) *R = (LONGEST) RU; /* NOTE on the above: Technically, C does not say what the results of - (LONGEST) RU or (LONGEST) -RU are for RU == largest positive number representable as a LONGEST (although either would probably work in most implementations). When RU>0, the locution in the then branch above is always equivalent to the negative of RU. */ if (new_k != NULL) *new_k = k; return 1; } /* Assuming that TYPE is a variant part wrapper type (a VARIANTS field), and FIELD_NUM is a valid field number within it, returns 1 iff VAL is in the range encoded by field FIELD_NUM of TYPE; otherwise 0. */ int ada_in_variant (LONGEST val, struct type *type, int field_num) { const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num); int p; p = 0; while (1) { switch (name[p]) { case '\0': return 0; case 'S': { LONGEST W; if (!ada_scan_number (name, p + 1, &W, &p)) return 0; if (val == W) return 1; break; } case 'R': { LONGEST L, U; if (!ada_scan_number (name, p + 1, &L, &p) || name[p] != 'T' || !ada_scan_number (name, p + 1, &U, &p)) return 0; if (val >= L && val <= U) return 1; break; } case 'O': return 1; default: return 0; } } } /* FIXME: Lots of redundancy below. Try to consolidate. */ /* Given a value ARG1 (offset by OFFSET bytes) of a struct or union type ARG_TYPE, extract and return the value of one of its (non-static) fields. FIELDNO says which field. Differs from value_primitive_field only in that it can handle packed values of arbitrary type. */ static struct value * ada_value_primitive_field (struct value *arg1, int offset, int fieldno, struct type *arg_type) { struct type *type; arg_type = ada_check_typedef (arg_type); type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (arg_type, fieldno); /* Handle packed fields. */ if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (arg_type, fieldno) != 0) { int bit_pos = TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (arg_type, fieldno); int bit_size = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (arg_type, fieldno); return ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arg1, value_contents (arg1), offset + bit_pos / 8, bit_pos % 8, bit_size, type); } else return value_primitive_field (arg1, offset, fieldno, arg_type); } /* Find field with name NAME in object of type TYPE. If found, set the following for each argument that is non-null: - *FIELD_TYPE_P to the field's type; - *BYTE_OFFSET_P to OFFSET + the byte offset of the field within an object of that type; - *BIT_OFFSET_P to the bit offset modulo byte size of the field; - *BIT_SIZE_P to its size in bits if the field is packed, and 0 otherwise; If INDEX_P is non-null, increment *INDEX_P by the number of source-visible fields up to but not including the desired field, or by the total number of fields if not found. A NULL value of NAME never matches; the function just counts visible fields in this case. Returns 1 if found, 0 otherwise. */ static int find_struct_field (const char *name, struct type *type, int offset, struct type **field_type_p, int *byte_offset_p, int *bit_offset_p, int *bit_size_p, int *index_p) { int i; type = ada_check_typedef (type); if (field_type_p != NULL) *field_type_p = NULL; if (byte_offset_p != NULL) *byte_offset_p = 0; if (bit_offset_p != NULL) *bit_offset_p = 0; if (bit_size_p != NULL) *bit_size_p = 0; for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1) { int bit_pos = TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i); int fld_offset = offset + bit_pos / 8; const char *t_field_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i); if (t_field_name == NULL) continue; else if (name != NULL && field_name_match (t_field_name, name)) { int bit_size = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, i); if (field_type_p != NULL) *field_type_p = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i); if (byte_offset_p != NULL) *byte_offset_p = fld_offset; if (bit_offset_p != NULL) *bit_offset_p = bit_pos % 8; if (bit_size_p != NULL) *bit_size_p = bit_size; return 1; } else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type, i)) { if (find_struct_field (name, TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i), fld_offset, field_type_p, byte_offset_p, bit_offset_p, bit_size_p, index_p)) return 1; } else if (ada_is_variant_part (type, i)) { /* PNH: Wait. Do we ever execute this section, or is ARG always of fixed type?? */ int j; struct type *field_type = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i)); for (j = 0; j < TYPE_NFIELDS (field_type); j += 1) { if (find_struct_field (name, TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (field_type, j), fld_offset + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (field_type, j) / 8, field_type_p, byte_offset_p, bit_offset_p, bit_size_p, index_p)) return 1; } } else if (index_p != NULL) *index_p += 1; } return 0; } /* Number of user-visible fields in record type TYPE. */ static int num_visible_fields (struct type *type) { int n; n = 0; find_struct_field (NULL, type, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, &n); return n; } /* Look for a field NAME in ARG. Adjust the address of ARG by OFFSET bytes, and search in it assuming it has (class) type TYPE. If found, return value, else return NULL. Searches recursively through wrapper fields (e.g., '_parent'). */ static struct value * ada_search_struct_field (char *name, struct value *arg, int offset, struct type *type) { int i; type = ada_check_typedef (type); for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1) { const char *t_field_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i); if (t_field_name == NULL) continue; else if (field_name_match (t_field_name, name)) return ada_value_primitive_field (arg, offset, i, type); else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type, i)) { struct value *v = /* Do not let indent join lines here. */ ada_search_struct_field (name, arg, offset + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8, TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i)); if (v != NULL) return v; } else if (ada_is_variant_part (type, i)) { /* PNH: Do we ever get here? See find_struct_field. */ int j; struct type *field_type = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i)); int var_offset = offset + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8; for (j = 0; j < TYPE_NFIELDS (field_type); j += 1) { struct value *v = ada_search_struct_field /* Force line break. */ (name, arg, var_offset + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (field_type, j) / 8, TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (field_type, j)); if (v != NULL) return v; } } } return NULL; } static struct value *ada_index_struct_field_1 (int *, struct value *, int, struct type *); /* Return field #INDEX in ARG, where the index is that returned by * find_struct_field through its INDEX_P argument. Adjust the address * of ARG by OFFSET bytes, and search in it assuming it has (class) type TYPE. * If found, return value, else return NULL. */ static struct value * ada_index_struct_field (int index, struct value *arg, int offset, struct type *type) { return ada_index_struct_field_1 (&index, arg, offset, type); } /* Auxiliary function for ada_index_struct_field. Like * ada_index_struct_field, but takes index from *INDEX_P and modifies * *INDEX_P. */ static struct value * ada_index_struct_field_1 (int *index_p, struct value *arg, int offset, struct type *type) { int i; type = ada_check_typedef (type); for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1) { if (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i) == NULL) continue; else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type, i)) { struct value *v = /* Do not let indent join lines here. */ ada_index_struct_field_1 (index_p, arg, offset + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8, TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i)); if (v != NULL) return v; } else if (ada_is_variant_part (type, i)) { /* PNH: Do we ever get here? See ada_search_struct_field, find_struct_field. */ error (_("Cannot assign this kind of variant record")); } else if (*index_p == 0) return ada_value_primitive_field (arg, offset, i, type); else *index_p -= 1; } return NULL; } /* Given ARG, a value of type (pointer or reference to a)* structure/union, extract the component named NAME from the ultimate target structure/union and return it as a value with its appropriate type. The routine searches for NAME among all members of the structure itself and (recursively) among all members of any wrapper members (e.g., '_parent'). If NO_ERR, then simply return NULL in case of error, rather than calling error. */ struct value * ada_value_struct_elt (struct value *arg, char *name, int no_err) { struct type *t, *t1; struct value *v; v = NULL; t1 = t = ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg)); if (TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_REF) { t1 = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (t); if (t1 == NULL) goto BadValue; t1 = ada_check_typedef (t1); if (TYPE_CODE (t1) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) { arg = coerce_ref (arg); t = t1; } } while (TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) { t1 = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (t); if (t1 == NULL) goto BadValue; t1 = ada_check_typedef (t1); if (TYPE_CODE (t1) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) { arg = value_ind (arg); t = t1; } else break; } if (TYPE_CODE (t1) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT && TYPE_CODE (t1) != TYPE_CODE_UNION) goto BadValue; if (t1 == t) v = ada_search_struct_field (name, arg, 0, t); else { int bit_offset, bit_size, byte_offset; struct type *field_type; CORE_ADDR address; if (TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) address = value_address (ada_value_ind (arg)); else address = value_address (ada_coerce_ref (arg)); t1 = ada_to_fixed_type (ada_get_base_type (t1), NULL, address, NULL, 1); if (find_struct_field (name, t1, 0, &field_type, &byte_offset, &bit_offset, &bit_size, NULL)) { if (bit_size != 0) { if (TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_REF) arg = ada_coerce_ref (arg); else arg = ada_value_ind (arg); v = ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arg, NULL, byte_offset, bit_offset, bit_size, field_type); } else v = value_at_lazy (field_type, address + byte_offset); } } if (v != NULL || no_err) return v; else error (_("There is no member named %s."), name); BadValue: if (no_err) return NULL; else error (_("Attempt to extract a component of " "a value that is not a record.")); } /* Given a type TYPE, look up the type of the component of type named NAME. If DISPP is non-null, add its byte displacement from the beginning of a structure (pointed to by a value) of type TYPE to *DISPP (does not work for packed fields). Matches any field whose name has NAME as a prefix, possibly followed by "___". TYPE can be either a struct or union. If REFOK, TYPE may also be a (pointer or reference)+ to a struct or union, and the ultimate target type will be searched. Looks recursively into variant clauses and parent types. If NOERR is nonzero, return NULL if NAME is not suitably defined or TYPE is not a type of the right kind. */ static struct type * ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (struct type *type, char *name, int refok, int noerr, int *dispp) { int i; if (name == NULL) goto BadName; if (refok && type != NULL) while (1) { type = ada_check_typedef (type); if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR && TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_REF) break; type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); } if (type == NULL || (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT && TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_UNION)) { if (noerr) return NULL; else { target_terminal_ours (); gdb_flush (gdb_stdout); if (type == NULL) error (_("Type (null) is not a structure or union type")); else { /* XXX: type_sprint */ fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, _("Type ")); type_print (type, "", gdb_stderr, -1); error (_(" is not a structure or union type")); } } } type = to_static_fixed_type (type); for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1) { const char *t_field_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i); struct type *t; int disp; if (t_field_name == NULL) continue; else if (field_name_match (t_field_name, name)) { if (dispp != NULL) *dispp += TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8; return ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i)); } else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type, i)) { disp = 0; t = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i), name, 0, 1, &disp); if (t != NULL) { if (dispp != NULL) *dispp += disp + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8; return t; } } else if (ada_is_variant_part (type, i)) { int j; struct type *field_type = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i)); for (j = TYPE_NFIELDS (field_type) - 1; j >= 0; j -= 1) { /* FIXME pnh 2008/01/26: We check for a field that is NOT wrapped in a struct, since the compiler sometimes generates these for unchecked variant types. Revisit if the compiler changes this practice. */ const char *v_field_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (field_type, j); disp = 0; if (v_field_name != NULL && field_name_match (v_field_name, name)) t = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (field_type, j)); else t = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (field_type, j), name, 0, 1, &disp); if (t != NULL) { if (dispp != NULL) *dispp += disp + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8; return t; } } } } BadName: if (!noerr) { target_terminal_ours (); gdb_flush (gdb_stdout); if (name == NULL) { /* XXX: type_sprint */ fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, _("Type ")); type_print (type, "", gdb_stderr, -1); error (_(" has no component named <null>")); } else { /* XXX: type_sprint */ fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, _("Type ")); type_print (type, "", gdb_stderr, -1); error (_(" has no component named %s"), name); } } return NULL; } /* Assuming that VAR_TYPE is the type of a variant part of a record (a union), within a value of type OUTER_TYPE, return true iff VAR_TYPE represents an unchecked union (that is, the variant part of a record that is named in an Unchecked_Union pragma). */ static int is_unchecked_variant (struct type *var_type, struct type *outer_type) { char *discrim_name = ada_variant_discrim_name (var_type); return (ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (outer_type, discrim_name, 0, 1, NULL) == NULL); } /* Assuming that VAR_TYPE is the type of a variant part of a record (a union), within a value of type OUTER_TYPE that is stored in GDB at OUTER_VALADDR, determine which variant clause (field number in VAR_TYPE, numbering from 0) is applicable. Returns -1 if none are. */ int ada_which_variant_applies (struct type *var_type, struct type *outer_type, const gdb_byte *outer_valaddr) { int others_clause; int i; char *discrim_name = ada_variant_discrim_name (var_type); struct value *outer; struct value *discrim; LONGEST discrim_val; outer = value_from_contents_and_address (outer_type, outer_valaddr, 0); discrim = ada_value_struct_elt (outer, discrim_name, 1); if (discrim == NULL) return -1; discrim_val = value_as_long (discrim); others_clause = -1; for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (var_type); i += 1) { if (ada_is_others_clause (var_type, i)) others_clause = i; else if (ada_in_variant (discrim_val, var_type, i)) return i; } return others_clause; } /* Dynamic-Sized Records */ /* Strategy: The type ostensibly attached to a value with dynamic size (i.e., a size that is not statically recorded in the debugging data) does not accurately reflect the size or layout of the value. Our strategy is to convert these values to values with accurate, conventional types that are constructed on the fly. */ /* There is a subtle and tricky problem here. In general, we cannot determine the size of dynamic records without its data. However, the 'struct value' data structure, which GDB uses to represent quantities in the inferior process (the target), requires the size of the type at the time of its allocation in order to reserve space for GDB's internal copy of the data. That's why the 'to_fixed_xxx_type' routines take (target) addresses as parameters, rather than struct value*s. However, GDB's internal history variables ($1, $2, etc.) are struct value*s containing internal copies of the data that are not, in general, the same as the data at their corresponding addresses in the target. Fortunately, the types we give to these values are all conventional, fixed-size types (as per the strategy described above), so that we don't usually have to perform the 'to_fixed_xxx_type' conversions to look at their values. Unfortunately, there is one exception: if one of the internal history variables is an array whose elements are unconstrained records, then we will need to create distinct fixed types for each element selected. */ /* The upshot of all of this is that many routines take a (type, host address, target address) triple as arguments to represent a value. The host address, if non-null, is supposed to contain an internal copy of the relevant data; otherwise, the program is to consult the target at the target address. */ /* Assuming that VAL0 represents a pointer value, the result of dereferencing it. Differs from value_ind in its treatment of dynamic-sized types. */ struct value * ada_value_ind (struct value *val0) { struct value *val = value_ind (val0); if (ada_is_tagged_type (value_type (val), 0)) val = ada_tag_value_at_base_address (val); return ada_to_fixed_value (val); } /* The value resulting from dereferencing any "reference to" qualifiers on VAL0. */ static struct value * ada_coerce_ref (struct value *val0) { if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (val0)) == TYPE_CODE_REF) { struct value *val = val0; val = coerce_ref (val); if (ada_is_tagged_type (value_type (val), 0)) val = ada_tag_value_at_base_address (val); return ada_to_fixed_value (val); } else return val0; } /* Return OFF rounded upward if necessary to a multiple of ALIGNMENT (a power of 2). */ static unsigned int align_value (unsigned int off, unsigned int alignment) { return (off + alignment - 1) & ~(alignment - 1); } /* Return the bit alignment required for field #F of template type TYPE. */ static unsigned int field_alignment (struct type *type, int f) { const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f); int len; int align_offset; /* The field name should never be null, unless the debugging information is somehow malformed. In this case, we assume the field does not require any alignment. */ if (name == NULL) return 1; len = strlen (name); if (!isdigit (name[len - 1])) return 1; if (isdigit (name[len - 2])) align_offset = len - 2; else align_offset = len - 1; if (align_offset < 7 || strncmp ("___XV", name + align_offset - 6, 5) != 0) return TARGET_CHAR_BIT; return atoi (name + align_offset) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT; } /* Find a typedef or tag symbol named NAME. Ignores ambiguity. */ static struct symbol * ada_find_any_type_symbol (const char *name) { struct symbol *sym; sym = standard_lookup (name, get_selected_block (NULL), VAR_DOMAIN); if (sym != NULL && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_TYPEDEF) return sym; sym = standard_lookup (name, NULL, STRUCT_DOMAIN); return sym; } /* Find a type named NAME. Ignores ambiguity. This routine will look solely for types defined by debug info, it will not search the GDB primitive types. */ static struct type * ada_find_any_type (const char *name) { struct symbol *sym = ada_find_any_type_symbol (name); if (sym != NULL) return SYMBOL_TYPE (sym); return NULL; } /* Given NAME_SYM and an associated BLOCK, find a "renaming" symbol associated with NAME_SYM's name. NAME_SYM may itself be a renaming symbol, in which case it is returned. Otherwise, this looks for symbols whose name is that of NAME_SYM suffixed with "___XR". Return symbol if found, and NULL otherwise. */ struct symbol * ada_find_renaming_symbol (struct symbol *name_sym, const struct block *block) { const char *name = SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (name_sym); struct symbol *sym; if (strstr (name, "___XR") != NULL) return name_sym; sym = find_old_style_renaming_symbol (name, block); if (sym != NULL) return sym; /* Not right yet. FIXME pnh 7/20/2007. */ sym = ada_find_any_type_symbol (name); if (sym != NULL && strstr (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym), "___XR") != NULL) return sym; else return NULL; } static struct symbol * find_old_style_renaming_symbol (const char *name, const struct block *block) { const struct symbol *function_sym = block_linkage_function (block); char *rename; if (function_sym != NULL) { /* If the symbol is defined inside a function, NAME is not fully qualified. This means we need to prepend the function name as well as adding the ``___XR'' suffix to build the name of the associated renaming symbol. */ const char *function_name = SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (function_sym); /* Function names sometimes contain suffixes used for instance to qualify nested subprograms. When building the XR type name, we need to make sure that this suffix is not included. So do not include any suffix in the function name length below. */ int function_name_len = ada_name_prefix_len (function_name); const int rename_len = function_name_len + 2 /* "__" */ + strlen (name) + 6 /* "___XR\0" */ ; /* Strip the suffix if necessary. */ ada_remove_trailing_digits (function_name, &function_name_len); ada_remove_po_subprogram_suffix (function_name, &function_name_len); ada_remove_Xbn_suffix (function_name, &function_name_len); /* Library-level functions are a special case, as GNAT adds a ``_ada_'' prefix to the function name to avoid namespace pollution. However, the renaming symbols themselves do not have this prefix, so we need to skip this prefix if present. */ if (function_name_len > 5 /* "_ada_" */ && strstr (function_name, "_ada_") == function_name) { function_name += 5; function_name_len -= 5; } rename = (char *) alloca (rename_len * sizeof (char)); strncpy (rename, function_name, function_name_len); xsnprintf (rename + function_name_len, rename_len - function_name_len, "__%s___XR", name); } else { const int rename_len = strlen (name) + 6; rename = (char *) alloca (rename_len * sizeof (char)); xsnprintf (rename, rename_len * sizeof (char), "%s___XR", name); } return ada_find_any_type_symbol (rename); } /* Because of GNAT encoding conventions, several GDB symbols may match a given type name. If the type denoted by TYPE0 is to be preferred to that of TYPE1 for purposes of type printing, return non-zero; otherwise return 0. */ int ada_prefer_type (struct type *type0, struct type *type1) { if (type1 == NULL) return 1; else if (type0 == NULL) return 0; else if (TYPE_CODE (type1) == TYPE_CODE_VOID) return 1; else if (TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_VOID) return 0; else if (TYPE_NAME (type1) == NULL && TYPE_NAME (type0) != NULL) return 1; else if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type0)) return 1; else if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type0) && !ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type1)) return 1; else { const char *type0_name = type_name_no_tag (type0); const char *type1_name = type_name_no_tag (type1); if (type0_name != NULL && strstr (type0_name, "___XR") != NULL && (type1_name == NULL || strstr (type1_name, "___XR") == NULL)) return 1; } return 0; } /* The name of TYPE, which is either its TYPE_NAME, or, if that is null, its TYPE_TAG_NAME. Null if TYPE is null. */ const char * ada_type_name (struct type *type) { if (type == NULL) return NULL; else if (TYPE_NAME (type) != NULL) return TYPE_NAME (type); else return TYPE_TAG_NAME (type); } /* Search the list of "descriptive" types associated to TYPE for a type whose name is NAME. */ static struct type * find_parallel_type_by_descriptive_type (struct type *type, const char *name) { struct type *result; /* If there no descriptive-type info, then there is no parallel type to be found. */ if (!HAVE_GNAT_AUX_INFO (type)) return NULL; result = TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE_TYPE (type); while (result != NULL) { const char *result_name = ada_type_name (result); if (result_name == NULL) { warning (_("unexpected null name on descriptive type")); return NULL; } /* If the names match, stop. */ if (strcmp (result_name, name) == 0) break; /* Otherwise, look at the next item on the list, if any. */ if (HAVE_GNAT_AUX_INFO (result)) result = TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE_TYPE (result); else result = NULL; } /* If we didn't find a match, see whether this is a packed array. With older compilers, the descriptive type information is either absent or irrelevant when it comes to packed arrays so the above lookup fails. Fall back to using a parallel lookup by name in this case. */ if (result == NULL && ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type)) return ada_find_any_type (name); return result; } /* Find a parallel type to TYPE with the specified NAME, using the descriptive type taken from the debugging information, if available, and otherwise using the (slower) name-based method. */ static struct type * ada_find_parallel_type_with_name (struct type *type, const char *name) { struct type *result = NULL; if (HAVE_GNAT_AUX_INFO (type)) result = find_parallel_type_by_descriptive_type (type, name); else result = ada_find_any_type (name); return result; } /* Same as above, but specify the name of the parallel type by appending SUFFIX to the name of TYPE. */ struct type * ada_find_parallel_type (struct type *type, const char *suffix) { char *name; const char *typename = ada_type_name (type); int len; if (typename == NULL) return NULL; len = strlen (typename); name = (char *) alloca (len + strlen (suffix) + 1); strcpy (name, typename); strcpy (name + len, suffix); return ada_find_parallel_type_with_name (type, name); } /* If TYPE is a variable-size record type, return the corresponding template type describing its fields. Otherwise, return NULL. */ static struct type * dynamic_template_type (struct type *type) { type = ada_check_typedef (type); if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT || ada_type_name (type) == NULL) return NULL; else { int len = strlen (ada_type_name (type)); if (len > 6 && strcmp (ada_type_name (type) + len - 6, "___XVE") == 0) return type; else return ada_find_parallel_type (type, "___XVE"); } } /* Assuming that TEMPL_TYPE is a union or struct type, returns non-zero iff field FIELD_NUM of TEMPL_TYPE has dynamic size. */ static int is_dynamic_field (struct type *templ_type, int field_num) { const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (templ_type, field_num); return name != NULL && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (templ_type, field_num)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR && strstr (name, "___XVL") != NULL; } /* The index of the variant field of TYPE, or -1 if TYPE does not represent a variant record type. */ static int variant_field_index (struct type *type) { int f; if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) return -1; for (f = 0; f < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); f += 1) { if (ada_is_variant_part (type, f)) return f; } return -1; } /* A record type with no fields. */ static struct type * empty_record (struct type *template) { struct type *type = alloc_type_copy (template); TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT; TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = 0; TYPE_FIELDS (type) = NULL; INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (type); TYPE_NAME (type) = "<empty>"; TYPE_TAG_NAME (type) = NULL; TYPE_LENGTH (type) = 0; return type; } /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes the value of type TYPE at VALADDR or ADDRESS (see comments at the beginning of this section) VAL according to GNAT conventions. DVAL0 should describe the (portion of a) record that contains any necessary discriminants. It should be NULL if value_type (VAL) is an outer-level type (i.e., as opposed to a branch of a variant.) A variant field (unless unchecked) is replaced by a particular branch of the variant. If not KEEP_DYNAMIC_FIELDS, then all fields whose position or length are not statically known are discarded. As a consequence, VALADDR, ADDRESS and DVAL0 are ignored. NOTE: Limitations: For now, we assume that dynamic fields and variants occupy whole numbers of bytes. However, they need not be byte-aligned. */ struct type * ada_template_to_fixed_record_type_1 (struct type *type, const gdb_byte *valaddr, CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval0, int keep_dynamic_fields) { struct value *mark = value_mark (); struct value *dval; struct type *rtype; int nfields, bit_len; int variant_field; long off; int fld_bit_len; int f; /* Compute the number of fields in this record type that are going to be processed: unless keep_dynamic_fields, this includes only fields whose position and length are static will be processed. */ if (keep_dynamic_fields) nfields = TYPE_NFIELDS (type); else { nfields = 0; while (nfields < TYPE_NFIELDS (type) && !ada_is_variant_part (type, nfields) && !is_dynamic_field (type, nfields)) nfields++; } rtype = alloc_type_copy (type); TYPE_CODE (rtype) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT; INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (rtype); TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) = nfields; TYPE_FIELDS (rtype) = (struct field *) TYPE_ALLOC (rtype, nfields * sizeof (struct field)); memset (TYPE_FIELDS (rtype), 0, sizeof (struct field) * nfields); TYPE_NAME (rtype) = ada_type_name (type); TYPE_TAG_NAME (rtype) = NULL; TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (rtype) = 1; off = 0; bit_len = 0; variant_field = -1; for (f = 0; f < nfields; f += 1) { off = align_value (off, field_alignment (type, f)) + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, f); SET_FIELD_BITPOS (TYPE_FIELD (rtype, f), off); TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype, f) = 0; if (ada_is_variant_part (type, f)) { variant_field = f; fld_bit_len = 0; } else if (is_dynamic_field (type, f)) { const gdb_byte *field_valaddr = valaddr; CORE_ADDR field_address = address; struct type *field_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f)); if (dval0 == NULL) { /* rtype's length is computed based on the run-time value of discriminants. If the discriminants are not initialized, the type size may be completely bogus and GDB may fail to allocate a value for it. So check the size first before creating the value. */ check_size (rtype); dval = value_from_contents_and_address (rtype, valaddr, address); } else dval = dval0; /* If the type referenced by this field is an aligner type, we need to unwrap that aligner type, because its size might not be set. Keeping the aligner type would cause us to compute the wrong size for this field, impacting the offset of the all the fields that follow this one. */ if (ada_is_aligner_type (field_type)) { long field_offset = TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (field_type, f); field_valaddr = cond_offset_host (field_valaddr, field_offset); field_address = cond_offset_target (field_address, field_offset); field_type = ada_aligned_type (field_type); } field_valaddr = cond_offset_host (field_valaddr, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT); field_address = cond_offset_target (field_address, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT); /* Get the fixed type of the field. Note that, in this case, we do not want to get the real type out of the tag: if the current field is the parent part of a tagged record, we will get the tag of the object. Clearly wrong: the real type of the parent is not the real type of the child. We would end up in an infinite loop. */ field_type = ada_get_base_type (field_type); field_type = ada_to_fixed_type (field_type, field_valaddr, field_address, dval, 0); /* If the field size is already larger than the maximum object size, then the record itself will necessarily be larger than the maximum object size. We need to make this check now, because the size might be so ridiculously large (due to an uninitialized variable in the inferior) that it would cause an overflow when adding it to the record size. */ check_size (field_type); TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f) = field_type; TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f); /* The multiplication can potentially overflow. But because the field length has been size-checked just above, and assuming that the maximum size is a reasonable value, an overflow should not happen in practice. So rather than adding overflow recovery code to this already complex code, we just assume that it's not going to happen. */ fld_bit_len = TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT; } else { /* Note: If this field's type is a typedef, it is important to preserve the typedef layer. Otherwise, we might be transforming a typedef to a fat pointer (encoding a pointer to an unconstrained array), into a basic fat pointer (encoding an unconstrained array). As both types are implemented using the same structure, the typedef is the only clue which allows us to distinguish between the two options. Stripping it would prevent us from printing this field appropriately. */ TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f); TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f); if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, f) > 0) fld_bit_len = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, f); else { struct type *field_type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f); /* We need to be careful of typedefs when computing the length of our field. If this is a typedef, get the length of the target type, not the length of the typedef. */ if (TYPE_CODE (field_type) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF) field_type = ada_typedef_target_type (field_type); fld_bit_len = TYPE_LENGTH (ada_check_typedef (field_type)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT; } } if (off + fld_bit_len > bit_len) bit_len = off + fld_bit_len; off += fld_bit_len; TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = align_value (bit_len, TARGET_CHAR_BIT) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT; } /* We handle the variant part, if any, at the end because of certain odd cases in which it is re-ordered so as NOT to be the last field of the record. This can happen in the presence of representation clauses. */ if (variant_field >= 0) { struct type *branch_type; off = TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (rtype, variant_field); if (dval0 == NULL) dval = value_from_contents_and_address (rtype, valaddr, address); else dval = dval0; branch_type = to_fixed_variant_branch_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, variant_field), cond_offset_host (valaddr, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), cond_offset_target (address, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), dval); if (branch_type == NULL) { for (f = variant_field + 1; f < TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype); f += 1) TYPE_FIELDS (rtype)[f - 1] = TYPE_FIELDS (rtype)[f]; TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) -= 1; } else { TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, variant_field) = branch_type; TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, variant_field) = "S"; fld_bit_len = TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, variant_field)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT; if (off + fld_bit_len > bit_len) bit_len = off + fld_bit_len; TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = align_value (bit_len, TARGET_CHAR_BIT) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT; } } /* According to exp_dbug.ads, the size of TYPE for variable-size records should contain the alignment of that record, which should be a strictly positive value. If null or negative, then something is wrong, most probably in the debug info. In that case, we don't round up the size of the resulting type. If this record is not part of another structure, the current RTYPE length might be good enough for our purposes. */ if (TYPE_LENGTH (type) <= 0) { if (TYPE_NAME (rtype)) warning (_("Invalid type size for `%s' detected: %d."), TYPE_NAME (rtype), TYPE_LENGTH (type)); else warning (_("Invalid type size for <unnamed> detected: %d."), TYPE_LENGTH (type)); } else { TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = align_value (TYPE_LENGTH (rtype), TYPE_LENGTH (type)); } value_free_to_mark (mark); if (TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) > varsize_limit) error (_("record type with dynamic size is larger than varsize-limit")); return rtype; } /* As for ada_template_to_fixed_record_type_1 with KEEP_DYNAMIC_FIELDS of 1. */ static struct type * template_to_fixed_record_type (struct type *type, const gdb_byte *valaddr, CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval0) { return ada_template_to_fixed_record_type_1 (type, valaddr, address, dval0, 1); } /* An ordinary record type in which ___XVL-convention fields and ___XVU- and ___XVN-convention field types in TYPE0 are replaced with static approximations, containing all possible fields. Uses no runtime values. Useless for use in values, but that's OK, since the results are used only for type determinations. Works on both structs and unions. Representation note: to save space, we memorize the result of this function in the TYPE_TARGET_TYPE of the template type. */ static struct type * template_to_static_fixed_type (struct type *type0) { struct type *type; int nfields; int f; if (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0) != NULL) return TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0); nfields = TYPE_NFIELDS (type0); type = type0; for (f = 0; f < nfields; f += 1) { struct type *field_type = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type0, f)); struct type *new_type; if (is_dynamic_field (type0, f)) new_type = to_static_fixed_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (field_type)); else new_type = static_unwrap_type (field_type); if (type == type0 && new_type != field_type) { TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0) = type = alloc_type_copy (type0); TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE (type0); INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (type); TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nfields; TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *) TYPE_ALLOC (type, nfields * sizeof (struct field)); memcpy (TYPE_FIELDS (type), TYPE_FIELDS (type0), sizeof (struct field) * nfields); TYPE_NAME (type) = ada_type_name (type0); TYPE_TAG_NAME (type) = NULL; TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (type) = 1; TYPE_LENGTH (type) = 0; } TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f) = new_type; TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type0, f); } return type; } /* Given an object of type TYPE whose contents are at VALADDR and whose address in memory is ADDRESS, returns a revision of TYPE, which should be a non-dynamic-sized record, in which the variant part, if any, is replaced with the appropriate branch. Looks for discriminant values in DVAL0, which can be NULL if the record contains the necessary discriminant values. */ static struct type * to_record_with_fixed_variant_part (struct type *type, const gdb_byte *valaddr, CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval0) { struct value *mark = value_mark (); struct value *dval; struct type *rtype; struct type *branch_type; int nfields = TYPE_NFIELDS (type); int variant_field = variant_field_index (type); if (variant_field == -1) return type; if (dval0 == NULL) dval = value_from_contents_and_address (type, valaddr, address); else dval = dval0; rtype = alloc_type_copy (type); TYPE_CODE (rtype) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT; INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (rtype); TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) = nfields; TYPE_FIELDS (rtype) = (struct field *) TYPE_ALLOC (rtype, nfields * sizeof (struct field)); memcpy (TYPE_FIELDS (rtype), TYPE_FIELDS (type), sizeof (struct field) * nfields); TYPE_NAME (rtype) = ada_type_name (type); TYPE_TAG_NAME (rtype) = NULL; TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (rtype) = 1; TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = TYPE_LENGTH (type); branch_type = to_fixed_variant_branch_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, variant_field), cond_offset_host (valaddr, TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, variant_field) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), cond_offset_target (address, TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, variant_field) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), dval); if (branch_type == NULL) { int f; for (f = variant_field + 1; f < nfields; f += 1) TYPE_FIELDS (rtype)[f - 1] = TYPE_FIELDS (rtype)[f]; TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) -= 1; } else { TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, variant_field) = branch_type; TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, variant_field) = "S"; TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype, variant_field) = 0; TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) += TYPE_LENGTH (branch_type); } TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) -= TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, variant_field)); value_free_to_mark (mark); return rtype; } /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes the value at (TYPE0, VALADDR, ADDRESS) [see explanation at beginning of this section]. Any necessary discriminants' values should be in DVAL, a record value; it may be NULL if the object at ADDR itself contains any necessary discriminant values. Additionally, VALADDR and ADDRESS may also be NULL if no discriminant values from the record are needed. Except in the case that DVAL, VALADDR, and ADDRESS are all 0 or NULL, a variant field (unless unchecked) is replaced by a particular branch of the variant. NOTE: the case in which DVAL and VALADDR are NULL and ADDRESS is 0 is questionable and may be removed. It can arise during the processing of an unconstrained-array-of-record type where all the variant branches have exactly the same size. This is because in such cases, the compiler does not bother to use the XVS convention when encoding the record. I am currently dubious of this shortcut and suspect the compiler should be altered. FIXME. */ static struct type * to_fixed_record_type (struct type *type0, const gdb_byte *valaddr, CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval) { struct type *templ_type; if (TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (type0)) return type0; templ_type = dynamic_template_type (type0); if (templ_type != NULL) return template_to_fixed_record_type (templ_type, valaddr, address, dval); else if (variant_field_index (type0) >= 0) { if (dval == NULL && valaddr == NULL && address == 0) return type0; return to_record_with_fixed_variant_part (type0, valaddr, address, dval); } else { TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (type0) = 1; return type0; } } /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes the value at (VAR_TYPE0, VALADDR, ADDRESS), where VAR_TYPE0 is a union type. Any necessary discriminants' values should be in DVAL, a record value. That is, this routine selects the appropriate branch of the union at ADDR according to the discriminant value indicated in the union's type name. Returns VAR_TYPE0 itself if it represents a variant subject to a pragma Unchecked_Union. */ static struct type * to_fixed_variant_branch_type (struct type *var_type0, const gdb_byte *valaddr, CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval) { int which; struct type *templ_type; struct type *var_type; if (TYPE_CODE (var_type0) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) var_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (var_type0); else var_type = var_type0; templ_type = ada_find_parallel_type (var_type, "___XVU"); if (templ_type != NULL) var_type = templ_type; if (is_unchecked_variant (var_type, value_type (dval))) return var_type0; which = ada_which_variant_applies (var_type, value_type (dval), value_contents (dval)); if (which < 0) return empty_record (var_type); else if (is_dynamic_field (var_type, which)) return to_fixed_record_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which)), valaddr, address, dval); else if (variant_field_index (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which)) >= 0) return to_fixed_record_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which), valaddr, address, dval); else return TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which); } /* Assuming that TYPE0 is an array type describing the type of a value at ADDR, and that DVAL describes a record containing any discriminants used in TYPE0, returns a type for the value that contains no dynamic components (that is, no components whose sizes are determined by run-time quantities). Unless IGNORE_TOO_BIG is true, gives an error message if the resulting type's size is over varsize_limit. */ static struct type * to_fixed_array_type (struct type *type0, struct value *dval, int ignore_too_big) { struct type *index_type_desc; struct type *result; int constrained_packed_array_p; type0 = ada_check_typedef (type0); if (TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (type0)) return type0; constrained_packed_array_p = ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type0); if (constrained_packed_array_p) type0 = decode_constrained_packed_array_type (type0); index_type_desc = ada_find_parallel_type (type0, "___XA"); ada_fixup_array_indexes_type (index_type_desc); if (index_type_desc == NULL) { struct type *elt_type0 = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0)); /* NOTE: elt_type---the fixed version of elt_type0---should never depend on the contents of the array in properly constructed debugging data. */ /* Create a fixed version of the array element type. We're not providing the address of an element here, and thus the actual object value cannot be inspected to do the conversion. This should not be a problem, since arrays of unconstrained objects are not allowed. In particular, all the elements of an array of a tagged type should all be of the same type specified in the debugging info. No need to consult the object tag. */ struct type *elt_type = ada_to_fixed_type (elt_type0, 0, 0, dval, 1); /* Make sure we always create a new array type when dealing with packed array types, since we're going to fix-up the array type length and element bitsize a little further down. */ if (elt_type0 == elt_type && !constrained_packed_array_p) result = type0; else result = create_array_type (alloc_type_copy (type0), elt_type, TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type0)); } else { int i; struct type *elt_type0; elt_type0 = type0; for (i = TYPE_NFIELDS (index_type_desc); i > 0; i -= 1) elt_type0 = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type0); /* NOTE: result---the fixed version of elt_type0---should never depend on the contents of the array in properly constructed debugging data. */ /* Create a fixed version of the array element type. We're not providing the address of an element here, and thus the actual object value cannot be inspected to do the conversion. This should not be a problem, since arrays of unconstrained objects are not allowed. In particular, all the elements of an array of a tagged type should all be of the same type specified in the debugging info. No need to consult the object tag. */ result = ada_to_fixed_type (ada_check_typedef (elt_type0), 0, 0, dval, 1); elt_type0 = type0; for (i = TYPE_NFIELDS (index_type_desc) - 1; i >= 0; i -= 1) { struct type *range_type = to_fixed_range_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (index_type_desc, i), dval); result = create_array_type (alloc_type_copy (elt_type0), result, range_type); elt_type0 = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type0); } if (!ignore_too_big && TYPE_LENGTH (result) > varsize_limit) error (_("array type with dynamic size is larger than varsize-limit")); } /* We want to preserve the type name. This can be useful when trying to get the type name of a value that has already been printed (for instance, if the user did "print VAR; whatis $". */ TYPE_NAME (result) = TYPE_NAME (type0); if (constrained_packed_array_p) { /* So far, the resulting type has been created as if the original type was a regular (non-packed) array type. As a result, the bitsize of the array elements needs to be set again, and the array length needs to be recomputed based on that bitsize. */ int len = TYPE_LENGTH (result) / TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (result)); int elt_bitsize = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type0, 0); TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (result, 0) = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type0, 0); TYPE_LENGTH (result) = len * elt_bitsize / HOST_CHAR_BIT; if (TYPE_LENGTH (result) * HOST_CHAR_BIT < len * elt_bitsize) TYPE_LENGTH (result)++; } TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (result) = 1; return result; } /* A standard type (containing no dynamically sized components) corresponding to TYPE for the value (TYPE, VALADDR, ADDRESS) DVAL describes a record containing any discriminants used in TYPE0, and may be NULL if there are none, or if the object of type TYPE at ADDRESS or in VALADDR contains these discriminants. If CHECK_TAG is not null, in the case of tagged types, this function attempts to locate the object's tag and use it to compute the actual type. However, when ADDRESS is null, we cannot use it to determine the location of the tag, and therefore compute the tagged type's actual type. So we return the tagged type without consulting the tag. */ static struct type * ada_to_fixed_type_1 (struct type *type, const gdb_byte *valaddr, CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval, int check_tag) { type = ada_check_typedef (type); switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) { default: return type; case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT: { struct type *static_type = to_static_fixed_type (type); struct type *fixed_record_type = to_fixed_record_type (type, valaddr, address, NULL); /* If STATIC_TYPE is a tagged type and we know the object's address, then we can determine its tag, and compute the object's actual type from there. Note that we have to use the fixed record type (the parent part of the record may have dynamic fields and the way the location of _tag is expressed may depend on them). */ if (check_tag && address != 0 && ada_is_tagged_type (static_type, 0)) { struct value *tag = value_tag_from_contents_and_address (fixed_record_type, valaddr, address); struct type *real_type = type_from_tag (tag); struct value *obj = value_from_contents_and_address (fixed_record_type, valaddr, address); if (real_type != NULL) return to_fixed_record_type (real_type, NULL, value_address (ada_tag_value_at_base_address (obj)), NULL); } /* Check to see if there is a parallel ___XVZ variable. If there is, then it provides the actual size of our type. */ else if (ada_type_name (fixed_record_type) != NULL) { const char *name = ada_type_name (fixed_record_type); char *xvz_name = alloca (strlen (name) + 7 /* "___XVZ\0" */); int xvz_found = 0; LONGEST size; xsnprintf (xvz_name, strlen (name) + 7, "%s___XVZ", name); size = get_int_var_value (xvz_name, &xvz_found); if (xvz_found && TYPE_LENGTH (fixed_record_type) != size) { fixed_record_type = copy_type (fixed_record_type); TYPE_LENGTH (fixed_record_type) = size; /* The FIXED_RECORD_TYPE may have be a stub. We have observed this when the debugging info is STABS, and apparently it is something that is hard to fix. In practice, we don't need the actual type definition at all, because the presence of the XVZ variable allows us to assume that there must be a XVS type as well, which we should be able to use later, when we need the actual type definition. In the meantime, pretend that the "fixed" type we are returning is NOT a stub, because this can cause trouble when using this type to create new types targeting it. Indeed, the associated creation routines often check whether the target type is a stub and will try to replace it, thus using a type with the wrong size. This, in turn, might cause the new type to have the wrong size too. Consider the case of an array, for instance, where the size of the array is computed from the number of elements in our array multiplied by the size of its element. */ TYPE_STUB (fixed_record_type) = 0; } } return fixed_record_type; } case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY: return to_fixed_array_type (type, dval, 1); case TYPE_CODE_UNION: if (dval == NULL) return type; else return to_fixed_variant_branch_type (type, valaddr, address, dval); } } /* The same as ada_to_fixed_type_1, except that it preserves the type if it is a TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF of a type that is already fixed. The typedef layer needs be preserved in order to differentiate between arrays and array pointers when both types are implemented using the same fat pointer. In the array pointer case, the pointer is encoded as a typedef of the pointer type. For instance, considering: type String_Access is access String; S1 : String_Access := null; To the debugger, S1 is defined as a typedef of type String. But to the user, it is a pointer. So if the user tries to print S1, we should not dereference the array, but print the array address instead. If we didn't preserve the typedef layer, we would lose the fact that the type is to be presented as a pointer (needs de-reference before being printed). And we would also use the source-level type name. */ struct type * ada_to_fixed_type (struct type *type, const gdb_byte *valaddr, CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval, int check_tag) { struct type *fixed_type = ada_to_fixed_type_1 (type, valaddr, address, dval, check_tag); /* If TYPE is a typedef and its target type is the same as the FIXED_TYPE, then preserve the typedef layer. Implementation note: We can only check the main-type portion of the TYPE and FIXED_TYPE, because eliminating the typedef layer from TYPE now returns a type that has the same instance flags as TYPE. For instance, if TYPE is a "typedef const", and its target type is a "struct", then the typedef elimination will return a "const" version of the target type. See check_typedef for more details about how the typedef layer elimination is done. brobecker/2010-11-19: It seems to me that the only case where it is useful to preserve the typedef layer is when dealing with fat pointers. Perhaps, we could add a check for that and preserve the typedef layer only in that situation. But this seems unecessary so far, probably because we call check_typedef/ada_check_typedef pretty much everywhere. */ if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF && (TYPE_MAIN_TYPE (ada_typedef_target_type (type)) == TYPE_MAIN_TYPE (fixed_type))) return type; return fixed_type; } /* A standard (static-sized) type corresponding as well as possible to TYPE0, but based on no runtime data. */ static struct type * to_static_fixed_type (struct type *type0) { struct type *type; if (type0 == NULL) return NULL; if (TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (type0)) return type0; type0 = ada_check_typedef (type0); switch (TYPE_CODE (type0)) { default: return type0; case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT: type = dynamic_template_type (type0); if (type != NULL) return template_to_static_fixed_type (type); else return template_to_static_fixed_type (type0); case TYPE_CODE_UNION: type = ada_find_parallel_type (type0, "___XVU"); if (type != NULL) return template_to_static_fixed_type (type); else return template_to_static_fixed_type (type0); } } /* A static approximation of TYPE with all type wrappers removed. */ static struct type * static_unwrap_type (struct type *type) { if (ada_is_aligner_type (type)) { struct type *type1 = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (ada_check_typedef (type), 0); if (ada_type_name (type1) == NULL) TYPE_NAME (type1) = ada_type_name (type); return static_unwrap_type (type1); } else { struct type *raw_real_type = ada_get_base_type (type); if (raw_real_type == type) return type; else return to_static_fixed_type (raw_real_type); } } /* In some cases, incomplete and private types require cross-references that are not resolved as records (for example, type Foo; type FooP is access Foo; V: FooP; type Foo is array ...; ). In these cases, since there is no mechanism for producing cross-references to such types, we instead substitute for FooP a stub enumeration type that is nowhere resolved, and whose tag is the name of the actual type. Call these types "non-record stubs". */ /* A type equivalent to TYPE that is not a non-record stub, if one exists, otherwise TYPE. */ struct type * ada_check_typedef (struct type *type) { if (type == NULL) return NULL; /* If our type is a typedef type of a fat pointer, then we're done. We don't want to strip the TYPE_CODE_TYPDEF layer, because this is what allows us to distinguish between fat pointers that represent array types, and fat pointers that represent array access types (in both cases, the compiler implements them as fat pointers). */ if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF && is_thick_pntr (ada_typedef_target_type (type))) return type; CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM || !TYPE_STUB (type) || TYPE_TAG_NAME (type) == NULL) return type; else { const char *name = TYPE_TAG_NAME (type); struct type *type1 = ada_find_any_type (name); if (type1 == NULL) return type; /* TYPE1 might itself be a TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF (this can happen with stubs pointing to arrays, as we don't create symbols for array types, only for the typedef-to-array types). If that's the case, strip the typedef layer. */ if (TYPE_CODE (type1) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF) type1 = ada_check_typedef (type1); return type1; } } /* A value representing the data at VALADDR/ADDRESS as described by type TYPE0, but with a standard (static-sized) type that correctly describes it. If VAL0 is not NULL and TYPE0 already is a standard type, then return VAL0 [this feature is simply to avoid redundant creation of struct values]. */ static struct value * ada_to_fixed_value_create (struct type *type0, CORE_ADDR address, struct value *val0) { struct type *type = ada_to_fixed_type (type0, 0, address, NULL, 1); if (type == type0 && val0 != NULL) return val0; else return value_from_contents_and_address (type, 0, address); } /* A value representing VAL, but with a standard (static-sized) type that correctly describes it. Does not necessarily create a new value. */ struct value * ada_to_fixed_value (struct value *val) { val = unwrap_value (val); val = ada_to_fixed_value_create (value_type (val), value_address (val), val); return val; } /* Attributes */ /* Table mapping attribute numbers to names. NOTE: Keep up to date with enum ada_attribute definition in ada-lang.h. */ static const char *attribute_names[] = { "<?>", "first", "last", "length", "image", "max", "min", "modulus", "pos", "size", "tag", "val", 0 }; const char * ada_attribute_name (enum exp_opcode n) { if (n >= OP_ATR_FIRST && n <= (int) OP_ATR_VAL) return attribute_names[n - OP_ATR_FIRST + 1]; else return attribute_names[0]; } /* Evaluate the 'POS attribute applied to ARG. */ static LONGEST pos_atr (struct value *arg) { struct value *val = coerce_ref (arg); struct type *type = value_type (val); if (!discrete_type_p (type)) error (_("'POS only defined on discrete types")); if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM) { int i; LONGEST v = value_as_long (val); for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1) { if (v == TYPE_FIELD_ENUMVAL (type, i)) return i; } error (_("enumeration value is invalid: can't find 'POS")); } else return value_as_long (val); } static struct value * value_pos_atr (struct type *type, struct value *arg) { return value_from_longest (type, pos_atr (arg)); } /* Evaluate the TYPE'VAL attribute applied to ARG. */ static struct value * value_val_atr (struct type *type, struct value *arg) { if (!discrete_type_p (type)) error (_("'VAL only defined on discrete types")); if (!integer_type_p (value_type (arg))) error (_("'VAL requires integral argument")); if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM) { long pos = value_as_long (arg); if (pos < 0 || pos >= TYPE_NFIELDS (type)) error (_("argument to 'VAL out of range")); return value_from_longest (type, TYPE_FIELD_ENUMVAL (type, pos)); } else return value_from_longest (type, value_as_long (arg)); } /* Evaluation */ /* True if TYPE appears to be an Ada character type. [At the moment, this is true only for Character and Wide_Character; It is a heuristic test that could stand improvement]. */ int ada_is_character_type (struct type *type) { const char *name; /* If the type code says it's a character, then assume it really is, and don't check any further. */ if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_CHAR) return 1; /* Otherwise, assume it's a character type iff it is a discrete type with a known character type name. */ name = ada_type_name (type); return (name != NULL && (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_INT || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE) && (strcmp (name, "character") == 0 || strcmp (name, "wide_character") == 0 || strcmp (name, "wide_wide_character") == 0 || strcmp (name, "unsigned char") == 0)); } /* True if TYPE appears to be an Ada string type. */ int ada_is_string_type (struct type *type) { type = ada_check_typedef (type); if (type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR && (ada_is_simple_array_type (type) || ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type)) && ada_array_arity (type) == 1) { struct type *elttype = ada_array_element_type (type, 1); return ada_is_character_type (elttype); } else return 0; } /* The compiler sometimes provides a parallel XVS type for a given PAD type. Normally, it is safe to follow the PAD type directly, but older versions of the compiler have a bug that causes the offset of its "F" field to be wrong. Following that field in that case would lead to incorrect results, but this can be worked around by ignoring the PAD type and using the associated XVS type instead. Set to True if the debugger should trust the contents of PAD types. Otherwise, ignore the PAD type if there is a parallel XVS type. */ static int trust_pad_over_xvs = 1; /* True if TYPE is a struct type introduced by the compiler to force the alignment of a value. Such types have a single field with a distinctive name. */ int ada_is_aligner_type (struct type *type) { type = ada_check_typedef (type); if (!trust_pad_over_xvs && ada_find_parallel_type (type, "___XVS") != NULL) return 0; return (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT && TYPE_NFIELDS (type) == 1 && strcmp (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, 0), "F") == 0); } /* If there is an ___XVS-convention type parallel to SUBTYPE, return the parallel type. */ struct type * ada_get_base_type (struct type *raw_type) { struct type *real_type_namer; struct type *raw_real_type; if (raw_type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (raw_type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) return raw_type; if (ada_is_aligner_type (raw_type)) /* The encoding specifies that we should always use the aligner type. So, even if this aligner type has an associated XVS type, we should simply ignore it. According to the compiler gurus, an XVS type parallel to an aligner type may exist because of a stabs limitation. In stabs, aligner types are empty because the field has a variable-sized type, and thus cannot actually be used as an aligner type. As a result, we need the associated parallel XVS type to decode the type. Since the policy in the compiler is to not change the internal representation based on the debugging info format, we sometimes end up having a redundant XVS type parallel to the aligner type. */ return raw_type; real_type_namer = ada_find_parallel_type (raw_type, "___XVS"); if (real_type_namer == NULL || TYPE_CODE (real_type_namer) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT || TYPE_NFIELDS (real_type_namer) != 1) return raw_type; if (TYPE_CODE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (real_type_namer, 0)) != TYPE_CODE_REF) { /* This is an older encoding form where the base type needs to be looked up by name. We prefer the newer enconding because it is more efficient. */ raw_real_type = ada_find_any_type (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (real_type_namer, 0)); if (raw_real_type == NULL) return raw_type; else return raw_real_type; } /* The field in our XVS type is a reference to the base type. */ return TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (real_type_namer, 0)); } /* The type of value designated by TYPE, with all aligners removed. */ struct type * ada_aligned_type (struct type *type) { if (ada_is_aligner_type (type)) return ada_aligned_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0)); else return ada_get_base_type (type); } /* The address of the aligned value in an object at address VALADDR having type TYPE. Assumes ada_is_aligner_type (TYPE). */ const gdb_byte * ada_aligned_value_addr (struct type *type, const gdb_byte *valaddr) { if (ada_is_aligner_type (type)) return ada_aligned_value_addr (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0), valaddr + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, 0) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT); else return valaddr; } /* The printed representation of an enumeration literal with encoded name NAME. The value is good to the next call of ada_enum_name. */ const char * ada_enum_name (const char *name) { static char *result; static size_t result_len = 0; char *tmp; /* First, unqualify the enumeration name: 1. Search for the last '.' character. If we find one, then skip all the preceding characters, the unqualified name starts right after that dot. 2. Otherwise, we may be debugging on a target where the compiler translates dots into "__". Search forward for double underscores, but stop searching when we hit an overloading suffix, which is of the form "__" followed by digits. */ tmp = strrchr (name, '.'); if (tmp != NULL) name = tmp + 1; else { while ((tmp = strstr (name, "__")) != NULL) { if (isdigit (tmp[2])) break; else name = tmp + 2; } } if (name[0] == 'Q') { int v; if (name[1] == 'U' || name[1] == 'W') { if (sscanf (name + 2, "%x", &v) != 1) return name; } else return name; GROW_VECT (result, result_len, 16); if (isascii (v) && isprint (v)) xsnprintf (result, result_len, "'%c'", v); else if (name[1] == 'U') xsnprintf (result, result_len, "[\"%02x\"]", v); else xsnprintf (result, result_len, "[\"%04x\"]", v); return result; } else { tmp = strstr (name, "__"); if (tmp == NULL) tmp = strstr (name, "$"); if (tmp != NULL) { GROW_VECT (result, result_len, tmp - name + 1); strncpy (result, name, tmp - name); result[tmp - name] = '\0'; return result; } return name; } } /* Evaluate the subexpression of EXP starting at *POS as for evaluate_type, updating *POS to point just past the evaluated expression. */ static struct value * evaluate_subexp_type (struct expression *exp, int *pos) { return evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS); } /* If VAL is wrapped in an aligner or subtype wrapper, return the value it wraps. */ static struct value * unwrap_value (struct value *val) { struct type *type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (val)); if (ada_is_aligner_type (type)) { struct value *v = ada_value_struct_elt (val, "F", 0); struct type *val_type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (v)); if (ada_type_name (val_type) == NULL) TYPE_NAME (val_type) = ada_type_name (type); return unwrap_value (v); } else { struct type *raw_real_type = ada_check_typedef (ada_get_base_type (type)); /* If there is no parallel XVS or XVE type, then the value is already unwrapped. Return it without further modification. */ if ((type == raw_real_type) && ada_find_parallel_type (type, "___XVE") == NULL) return val; return coerce_unspec_val_to_type (val, ada_to_fixed_type (raw_real_type, 0, value_address (val), NULL, 1)); } } static struct value * cast_to_fixed (struct type *type, struct value *arg) { LONGEST val; if (type == value_type (arg)) return arg; else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg))) val = ada_float_to_fixed (type, ada_fixed_to_float (value_type (arg), value_as_long (arg))); else { DOUBLEST argd = value_as_double (arg); val = ada_float_to_fixed (type, argd); } return value_from_longest (type, val); } static struct value * cast_from_fixed (struct type *type, struct value *arg) { DOUBLEST val = ada_fixed_to_float (value_type (arg), value_as_long (arg)); return value_from_double (type, val); } /* Given two array types T1 and T2, return nonzero iff both arrays contain the same number of elements. */ static int ada_same_array_size_p (struct type *t1, struct type *t2) { LONGEST lo1, hi1, lo2, hi2; /* Get the array bounds in order to verify that the size of the two arrays match. */ if (!get_array_bounds (t1, &lo1, &hi1) || !get_array_bounds (t2, &lo2, &hi2)) error (_("unable to determine array bounds")); /* To make things easier for size comparison, normalize a bit the case of empty arrays by making sure that the difference between upper bound and lower bound is always -1. */ if (lo1 > hi1) hi1 = lo1 - 1; if (lo2 > hi2) hi2 = lo2 - 1; return (hi1 - lo1 == hi2 - lo2); } /* Assuming that VAL is an array of integrals, and TYPE represents an array with the same number of elements, but with wider integral elements, return an array "casted" to TYPE. In practice, this means that the returned array is built by casting each element of the original array into TYPE's (wider) element type. */ static struct value * ada_promote_array_of_integrals (struct type *type, struct value *val) { struct type *elt_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); LONGEST lo, hi; struct value *res; LONGEST i; /* Verify that both val and type are arrays of scalars, and that the size of val's elements is smaller than the size of type's element. */ gdb_assert (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY); gdb_assert (is_integral_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type))); gdb_assert (TYPE_CODE (value_type (val)) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY); gdb_assert (is_integral_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (val)))); gdb_assert (TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)) > TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (val)))); if (!get_array_bounds (type, &lo, &hi)) error (_("unable to determine array bounds")); res = allocate_value (type); /* Promote each array element. */ for (i = 0; i < hi - lo + 1; i++) { struct value *elt = value_cast (elt_type, value_subscript (val, lo + i)); memcpy (value_contents_writeable (res) + (i * TYPE_LENGTH (elt_type)), value_contents_all (elt), TYPE_LENGTH (elt_type)); } return res; } /* Coerce VAL as necessary for assignment to an lval of type TYPE, and return the converted value. */ static struct value * coerce_for_assign (struct type *type, struct value *val) { struct type *type2 = value_type (val); if (type == type2) return val; type2 = ada_check_typedef (type2); type = ada_check_typedef (type); if (TYPE_CODE (type2) == TYPE_CODE_PTR && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) { val = ada_value_ind (val); type2 = value_type (val); } if (TYPE_CODE (type2) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) { if (!ada_same_array_size_p (type, type2)) error (_("cannot assign arrays of different length")); if (is_integral_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)) && is_integral_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type2)) && TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type2)) < TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type))) { /* Allow implicit promotion of the array elements to a wider type. */ return ada_promote_array_of_integrals (type, val); } if (TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type2)) != TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type))) error (_("Incompatible types in assignment")); deprecated_set_value_type (val, type); } return val; } static struct value * ada_value_binop (struct value *arg1, struct value *arg2, enum exp_opcode op) { struct value *val; struct type *type1, *type2; LONGEST v, v1, v2; arg1 = coerce_ref (arg1); arg2 = coerce_ref (arg2); type1 = get_base_type (ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg1))); type2 = get_base_type (ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg2))); if (TYPE_CODE (type1) != TYPE_CODE_INT || TYPE_CODE (type2) != TYPE_CODE_INT) return value_binop (arg1, arg2, op); switch (op) { case BINOP_MOD: case BINOP_DIV: case BINOP_REM: break; default: return value_binop (arg1, arg2, op); } v2 = value_as_long (arg2); if (v2 == 0) error (_("second operand of %s must not be zero."), op_string (op)); if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type1) || op == BINOP_MOD) return value_binop (arg1, arg2, op); v1 = value_as_long (arg1); switch (op) { case BINOP_DIV: v = v1 / v2; if (!TRUNCATION_TOWARDS_ZERO && v1 * (v1 % v2) < 0) v += v > 0 ? -1 : 1; break; case BINOP_REM: v = v1 % v2; if (v * v1 < 0) v -= v2; break; default: /* Should not reach this point. */ v = 0; } val = allocate_value (type1); store_unsigned_integer (value_contents_raw (val), TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (val)), gdbarch_byte_order (get_type_arch (type1)), v); return val; } static int ada_value_equal (struct value *arg1, struct value *arg2) { if (ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (arg1)) || ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (arg2))) { /* Automatically dereference any array reference before we attempt to perform the comparison. */ arg1 = ada_coerce_ref (arg1); arg2 = ada_coerce_ref (arg2); arg1 = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1); arg2 = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg2); if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (arg1)) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY || TYPE_CODE (value_type (arg2)) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) error (_("Attempt to compare array with non-array")); /* FIXME: The following works only for types whose representations use all bits (no padding or undefined bits) and do not have user-defined equality. */ return TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (arg1)) == TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (arg2)) && memcmp (value_contents (arg1), value_contents (arg2), TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (arg1))) == 0; } return value_equal (arg1, arg2); } /* Total number of component associations in the aggregate starting at index PC in EXP. Assumes that index PC is the start of an OP_AGGREGATE. */ static int num_component_specs (struct expression *exp, int pc) { int n, m, i; m = exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst; pc += 3; n = 0; for (i = 0; i < m; i += 1) { switch (exp->elts[pc].opcode) { default: n += 1; break; case OP_CHOICES: n += exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst; break; } ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, &pc, EVAL_SKIP); } return n; } /* Assign the result of evaluating EXP starting at *POS to the INDEXth component of LHS (a simple array or a record), updating *POS past the expression, assuming that LHS is contained in CONTAINER. Does not modify the inferior's memory, nor does it modify LHS (unless LHS == CONTAINER). */ static void assign_component (struct value *container, struct value *lhs, LONGEST index, struct expression *exp, int *pos) { struct value *mark = value_mark (); struct value *elt; if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (lhs)) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) { struct type *index_type = builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_int; struct value *index_val = value_from_longest (index_type, index); elt = unwrap_value (ada_value_subscript (lhs, 1, &index_val)); } else { elt = ada_index_struct_field (index, lhs, 0, value_type (lhs)); elt = ada_to_fixed_value (elt); } if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode == OP_AGGREGATE) assign_aggregate (container, elt, exp, pos, EVAL_NORMAL); else value_assign_to_component (container, elt, ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, pos, EVAL_NORMAL)); value_free_to_mark (mark); } /* Assuming that LHS represents an lvalue having a record or array type, and EXP->ELTS[*POS] is an OP_AGGREGATE, evaluate an assignment of that aggregate's value to LHS, advancing *POS past the aggregate. NOSIDE is as for evaluate_subexp. CONTAINER is an lvalue containing LHS (possibly LHS itself). Does not modify the inferior's memory, nor does it modify the contents of LHS (unless == CONTAINER). Returns the modified CONTAINER. */ static struct value * assign_aggregate (struct value *container, struct value *lhs, struct expression *exp, int *pos, enum noside noside) { struct type *lhs_type; int n = exp->elts[*pos+1].longconst; LONGEST low_index, high_index; int num_specs; LONGEST *indices; int max_indices, num_indices; int is_array_aggregate; int i; *pos += 3; if (noside != EVAL_NORMAL) { for (i = 0; i < n; i += 1) ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, pos, noside); return container; } container = ada_coerce_ref (container); if (ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (container))) container = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (container); lhs = ada_coerce_ref (lhs); if (!deprecated_value_modifiable (lhs)) error (_("Left operand of assignment is not a modifiable lvalue.")); lhs_type = value_type (lhs); if (ada_is_direct_array_type (lhs_type)) { lhs = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (lhs); lhs_type = value_type (lhs); low_index = TYPE_ARRAY_LOWER_BOUND_VALUE (lhs_type); high_index = TYPE_ARRAY_UPPER_BOUND_VALUE (lhs_type); is_array_aggregate = 1; } else if (TYPE_CODE (lhs_type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) { low_index = 0; high_index = num_visible_fields (lhs_type) - 1; is_array_aggregate = 0; } else error (_("Left-hand side must be array or record.")); num_specs = num_component_specs (exp, *pos - 3); max_indices = 4 * num_specs + 4; indices = alloca (max_indices * sizeof (indices[0])); indices[0] = indices[1] = low_index - 1; indices[2] = indices[3] = high_index + 1; num_indices = 4; for (i = 0; i < n; i += 1) { switch (exp->elts[*pos].opcode) { case OP_CHOICES: aggregate_assign_from_choices (container, lhs, exp, pos, indices, &num_indices, max_indices, low_index, high_index); break; case OP_POSITIONAL: aggregate_assign_positional (container, lhs, exp, pos, indices, &num_indices, max_indices, low_index, high_index); break; case OP_OTHERS: if (i != n-1) error (_("Misplaced 'others' clause")); aggregate_assign_others (container, lhs, exp, pos, indices, num_indices, low_index, high_index); break; default: error (_("Internal error: bad aggregate clause")); } } return container; } /* Assign into the component of LHS indexed by the OP_POSITIONAL construct at *POS, updating *POS past the construct, given that the positions are relative to lower bound LOW, where HIGH is the upper bound. Record the position in INDICES[0 .. MAX_INDICES-1] updating *NUM_INDICES as needed. CONTAINER is as for assign_aggregate. */ static void aggregate_assign_positional (struct value *container, struct value *lhs, struct expression *exp, int *pos, LONGEST *indices, int *num_indices, int max_indices, LONGEST low, LONGEST high) { LONGEST ind = longest_to_int (exp->elts[*pos + 1].longconst) + low; if (ind - 1 == high) warning (_("Extra components in aggregate ignored.")); if (ind <= high) { add_component_interval (ind, ind, indices, num_indices, max_indices); *pos += 3; assign_component (container, lhs, ind, exp, pos); } else ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); } /* Assign into the components of LHS indexed by the OP_CHOICES construct at *POS, updating *POS past the construct, given that the allowable indices are LOW..HIGH. Record the indices assigned to in INDICES[0 .. MAX_INDICES-1], updating *NUM_INDICES as needed. CONTAINER is as for assign_aggregate. */ static void aggregate_assign_from_choices (struct value *container, struct value *lhs, struct expression *exp, int *pos, LONGEST *indices, int *num_indices, int max_indices, LONGEST low, LONGEST high) { int j; int n_choices = longest_to_int (exp->elts[*pos+1].longconst); int choice_pos, expr_pc; int is_array = ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (lhs)); choice_pos = *pos += 3; for (j = 0; j < n_choices; j += 1) ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); expr_pc = *pos; ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); for (j = 0; j < n_choices; j += 1) { LONGEST lower, upper; enum exp_opcode op = exp->elts[choice_pos].opcode; if (op == OP_DISCRETE_RANGE) { choice_pos += 1; lower = value_as_long (ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, pos, EVAL_NORMAL)); upper = value_as_long (ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, pos, EVAL_NORMAL)); } else if (is_array) { lower = value_as_long (ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, &choice_pos, EVAL_NORMAL)); upper = lower; } else { int ind; const char *name; switch (op) { case OP_NAME: name = &exp->elts[choice_pos + 2].string; break; case OP_VAR_VALUE: name = SYMBOL_NATURAL_NAME (exp->elts[choice_pos + 2].symbol); break; default: error (_("Invalid record component association.")); } ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, &choice_pos, EVAL_SKIP); ind = 0; if (! find_struct_field (name, value_type (lhs), 0, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, &ind)) error (_("Unknown component name: %s."), name); lower = upper = ind; } if (lower <= upper && (lower < low || upper > high)) error (_("Index in component association out of bounds.")); add_component_interval (lower, upper, indices, num_indices, max_indices); while (lower <= upper) { int pos1; pos1 = expr_pc; assign_component (container, lhs, lower, exp, &pos1); lower += 1; } } } /* Assign the value of the expression in the OP_OTHERS construct in EXP at *POS into the components of LHS indexed from LOW .. HIGH that have not been previously assigned. The index intervals already assigned are in INDICES[0 .. NUM_INDICES-1]. Updates *POS to after the OP_OTHERS clause. CONTAINER is as for assign_aggregate. */ static void aggregate_assign_others (struct value *container, struct value *lhs, struct expression *exp, int *pos, LONGEST *indices, int num_indices, LONGEST low, LONGEST high) { int i; int expr_pc = *pos + 1; for (i = 0; i < num_indices - 2; i += 2) { LONGEST ind; for (ind = indices[i + 1] + 1; ind < indices[i + 2]; ind += 1) { int localpos; localpos = expr_pc; assign_component (container, lhs, ind, exp, &localpos); } } ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); } /* Add the interval [LOW .. HIGH] to the sorted set of intervals [ INDICES[0] .. INDICES[1] ],..., [ INDICES[*SIZE-2] .. INDICES[*SIZE-1] ], modifying *SIZE as needed. It is an error if *SIZE exceeds MAX_SIZE. The resulting intervals do not overlap. */ static void add_component_interval (LONGEST low, LONGEST high, LONGEST* indices, int *size, int max_size) { int i, j; for (i = 0; i < *size; i += 2) { if (high >= indices[i] && low <= indices[i + 1]) { int kh; for (kh = i + 2; kh < *size; kh += 2) if (high < indices[kh]) break; if (low < indices[i]) indices[i] = low; indices[i + 1] = indices[kh - 1]; if (high > indices[i + 1]) indices[i + 1] = high; memcpy (indices + i + 2, indices + kh, *size - kh); *size -= kh - i - 2; return; } else if (high < indices[i]) break; } if (*size == max_size) error (_("Internal error: miscounted aggregate components.")); *size += 2; for (j = *size-1; j >= i+2; j -= 1) indices[j] = indices[j - 2]; indices[i] = low; indices[i + 1] = high; } /* Perform and Ada cast of ARG2 to type TYPE if the type of ARG2 is different. */ static struct value * ada_value_cast (struct type *type, struct value *arg2, enum noside noside) { if (type == ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg2))) return arg2; if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (type)) return (cast_to_fixed (type, arg2)); if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg2))) return cast_from_fixed (type, arg2); return value_cast (type, arg2); } /* Evaluating Ada expressions, and printing their result. ------------------------------------------------------ 1. Introduction: ---------------- We usually evaluate an Ada expression in order to print its value. We also evaluate an expression in order to print its type, which happens during the EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS phase of the evaluation, but we'll focus mostly on the EVAL_NORMAL phase. In practice, the EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS phase allows us to simplify certain aspects of the evaluation compared to the EVAL_NORMAL, but is otherwise very similar. Evaluating expressions is a little more complicated for Ada entities than it is for entities in languages such as C. The main reason for this is that Ada provides types whose definition might be dynamic. One example of such types is variant records. Or another example would be an array whose bounds can only be known at run time. The following description is a general guide as to what should be done (and what should NOT be done) in order to evaluate an expression involving such types, and when. This does not cover how the semantic information is encoded by GNAT as this is covered separatly. For the document used as the reference for the GNAT encoding, see exp_dbug.ads in the GNAT sources. Ideally, we should embed each part of this description next to its associated code. Unfortunately, the amount of code is so vast right now that it's hard to see whether the code handling a particular situation might be duplicated or not. One day, when the code is cleaned up, this guide might become redundant with the comments inserted in the code, and we might want to remove it. 2. ``Fixing'' an Entity, the Simple Case: ----------------------------------------- When evaluating Ada expressions, the tricky issue is that they may reference entities whose type contents and size are not statically known. Consider for instance a variant record: type Rec (Empty : Boolean := True) is record case Empty is when True => null; when False => Value : Integer; end case; end record; Yes : Rec := (Empty => False, Value => 1); No : Rec := (empty => True); The size and contents of that record depends on the value of the descriminant (Rec.Empty). At this point, neither the debugging information nor the associated type structure in GDB are able to express such dynamic types. So what the debugger does is to create "fixed" versions of the type that applies to the specific object. We also informally refer to this opperation as "fixing" an object, which means creating its associated fixed type. Example: when printing the value of variable "Yes" above, its fixed type would look like this: type Rec is record Empty : Boolean; Value : Integer; end record; On the other hand, if we printed the value of "No", its fixed type would become: type Rec is record Empty : Boolean; end record; Things become a little more complicated when trying to fix an entity with a dynamic type that directly contains another dynamic type, such as an array of variant records, for instance. There are two possible cases: Arrays, and records. 3. ``Fixing'' Arrays: --------------------- The type structure in GDB describes an array in terms of its bounds, and the type of its elements. By design, all elements in the array have the same type and we cannot represent an array of variant elements using the current type structure in GDB. When fixing an array, we cannot fix the array element, as we would potentially need one fixed type per element of the array. As a result, the best we can do when fixing an array is to produce an array whose bounds and size are correct (allowing us to read it from memory), but without having touched its element type. Fixing each element will be done later, when (if) necessary. Arrays are a little simpler to handle than records, because the same amount of memory is allocated for each element of the array, even if the amount of space actually used by each element differs from element to element. Consider for instance the following array of type Rec: type Rec_Array is array (1 .. 2) of Rec; The actual amount of memory occupied by each element might be different from element to element, depending on the value of their discriminant. But the amount of space reserved for each element in the array remains fixed regardless. So we simply need to compute that size using the debugging information available, from which we can then determine the array size (we multiply the number of elements of the array by the size of each element). The simplest case is when we have an array of a constrained element type. For instance, consider the following type declarations: type Bounded_String (Max_Size : Integer) is Length : Integer; Buffer : String (1 .. Max_Size); end record; type Bounded_String_Array is array (1 ..2) of Bounded_String (80); In this case, the compiler describes the array as an array of variable-size elements (identified by its XVS suffix) for which the size can be read in the parallel XVZ variable. In the case of an array of an unconstrained element type, the compiler wraps the array element inside a private PAD type. This type should not be shown to the user, and must be "unwrap"'ed before printing. Note that we also use the adjective "aligner" in our code to designate these wrapper types. In some cases, the size allocated for each element is statically known. In that case, the PAD type already has the correct size, and the array element should remain unfixed. But there are cases when this size is not statically known. For instance, assuming that "Five" is an integer variable: type Dynamic is array (1 .. Five) of Integer; type Wrapper (Has_Length : Boolean := False) is record Data : Dynamic; case Has_Length is when True => Length : Integer; when False => null; end case; end record; type Wrapper_Array is array (1 .. 2) of Wrapper; Hello : Wrapper_Array := (others => (Has_Length => True, Data => (others => 17), Length => 1)); The debugging info would describe variable Hello as being an array of a PAD type. The size of that PAD type is not statically known, but can be determined using a parallel XVZ variable. In that case, a copy of the PAD type with the correct size should be used for the fixed array. 3. ``Fixing'' record type objects: ---------------------------------- Things are slightly different from arrays in the case of dynamic record types. In this case, in order to compute the associated fixed type, we need to determine the size and offset of each of its components. This, in turn, requires us to compute the fixed type of each of these components. Consider for instance the example: type Bounded_String (Max_Size : Natural) is record Str : String (1 .. Max_Size); Length : Natural; end record; My_String : Bounded_String (Max_Size => 10); In that case, the position of field "Length" depends on the size of field Str, which itself depends on the value of the Max_Size discriminant. In order to fix the type of variable My_String, we need to fix the type of field Str. Therefore, fixing a variant record requires us to fix each of its components. However, if a component does not have a dynamic size, the component should not be fixed. In particular, fields that use a PAD type should not fixed. Here is an example where this might happen (assuming type Rec above): type Container (Big : Boolean) is record First : Rec; After : Integer; case Big is when True => Another : Integer; when False => null; end case; end record; My_Container : Container := (Big => False, First => (Empty => True), After => 42); In that example, the compiler creates a PAD type for component First, whose size is constant, and then positions the component After just right after it. The offset of component After is therefore constant in this case. The debugger computes the position of each field based on an algorithm that uses, among other things, the actual position and size of the field preceding it. Let's now imagine that the user is trying to print the value of My_Container. If the type fixing was recursive, we would end up computing the offset of field After based on the size of the fixed version of field First. And since in our example First has only one actual field, the size of the fixed type is actually smaller than the amount of space allocated to that field, and thus we would compute the wrong offset of field After. To make things more complicated, we need to watch out for dynamic components of variant records (identified by the ___XVL suffix in the component name). Even if the target type is a PAD type, the size of that type might not be statically known. So the PAD type needs to be unwrapped and the resulting type needs to be fixed. Otherwise, we might end up with the wrong size for our component. This can be observed with the following type declarations: type Octal is new Integer range 0 .. 7; type Octal_Array is array (Positive range <>) of Octal; pragma Pack (Octal_Array); type Octal_Buffer (Size : Positive) is record Buffer : Octal_Array (1 .. Size); Length : Integer; end record; In that case, Buffer is a PAD type whose size is unset and needs to be computed by fixing the unwrapped type. 4. When to ``Fix'' un-``Fixed'' sub-elements of an entity: ---------------------------------------------------------- Lastly, when should the sub-elements of an entity that remained unfixed thus far, be actually fixed? The answer is: Only when referencing that element. For instance when selecting one component of a record, this specific component should be fixed at that point in time. Or when printing the value of a record, each component should be fixed before its value gets printed. Similarly for arrays, the element of the array should be fixed when printing each element of the array, or when extracting one element out of that array. On the other hand, fixing should not be performed on the elements when taking a slice of an array! Note that one of the side-effects of miscomputing the offset and size of each field is that we end up also miscomputing the size of the containing type. This can have adverse results when computing the value of an entity. GDB fetches the value of an entity based on the size of its type, and thus a wrong size causes GDB to fetch the wrong amount of memory. In the case where the computed size is too small, GDB fetches too little data to print the value of our entiry. Results in this case as unpredicatble, as we usually read past the buffer containing the data =:-o. */ /* Implement the evaluate_exp routine in the exp_descriptor structure for the Ada language. */ static struct value * ada_evaluate_subexp (struct type *expect_type, struct expression *exp, int *pos, enum noside noside) { enum exp_opcode op; int tem; int pc; struct value *arg1 = NULL, *arg2 = NULL, *arg3; struct type *type; int nargs, oplen; struct value **argvec; pc = *pos; *pos += 1; op = exp->elts[pc].opcode; switch (op) { default: *pos -= 1; arg1 = evaluate_subexp_standard (expect_type, exp, pos, noside); if (noside == EVAL_NORMAL) arg1 = unwrap_value (arg1); /* If evaluating an OP_DOUBLE and an EXPECT_TYPE was provided, then we need to perform the conversion manually, because evaluate_subexp_standard doesn't do it. This conversion is necessary in Ada because the different kinds of float/fixed types in Ada have different representations. Similarly, we need to perform the conversion from OP_LONG ourselves. */ if ((op == OP_DOUBLE || op == OP_LONG) && expect_type != NULL) arg1 = ada_value_cast (expect_type, arg1, noside); return arg1; case OP_STRING: { struct value *result; *pos -= 1; result = evaluate_subexp_standard (expect_type, exp, pos, noside); /* The result type will have code OP_STRING, bashed there from OP_ARRAY. Bash it back. */ if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (result)) == TYPE_CODE_STRING) TYPE_CODE (value_type (result)) = TYPE_CODE_ARRAY; return result; } case UNOP_CAST: (*pos) += 2; type = exp->elts[pc + 1].type; arg1 = evaluate_subexp (type, exp, pos, noside); if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) goto nosideret; arg1 = ada_value_cast (type, arg1, noside); return arg1; case UNOP_QUAL: (*pos) += 2; type = exp->elts[pc + 1].type; return ada_evaluate_subexp (type, exp, pos, noside); case BINOP_ASSIGN: arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode == OP_AGGREGATE) { arg1 = assign_aggregate (arg1, arg1, exp, pos, noside); if (noside == EVAL_SKIP || noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) return arg1; return ada_value_assign (arg1, arg1); } /* Force the evaluation of the rhs ARG2 to the type of the lhs ARG1, except if the lhs of our assignment is a convenience variable. In the case of assigning to a convenience variable, the lhs should be exactly the result of the evaluation of the rhs. */ type = value_type (arg1); if (VALUE_LVAL (arg1) == lval_internalvar) type = NULL; arg2 = evaluate_subexp (type, exp, pos, noside); if (noside == EVAL_SKIP || noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) return arg1; if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg1))) arg2 = cast_to_fixed (value_type (arg1), arg2); else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg2))) error (_("Fixed-point values must be assigned to fixed-point variables")); else arg2 = coerce_for_assign (value_type (arg1), arg2); return ada_value_assign (arg1, arg2); case BINOP_ADD: arg1 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside); arg2 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside); if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) goto nosideret; if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (arg1)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) return (value_from_longest (value_type (arg1), value_as_long (arg1) + value_as_long (arg2))); if ((ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg1)) || ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg2))) && value_type (arg1) != value_type (arg2)) error (_("Operands of fixed-point addition must have the same type")); /* Do the addition, and cast the result to the type of the first argument. We cannot cast the result to a reference type, so if ARG1 is a reference type, find its underlying type. */ type = value_type (arg1); while (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_REF) type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg2); return value_cast (type, value_binop (arg1, arg2, BINOP_ADD)); case BINOP_SUB: arg1 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside); arg2 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside); if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) goto nosideret; if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (arg1)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) return (value_from_longest (value_type (arg1), value_as_long (arg1) - value_as_long (arg2))); if ((ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg1)) || ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg2))) && value_type (arg1) != value_type (arg2)) error (_("Operands of fixed-point subtraction " "must have the same type")); /* Do the substraction, and cast the result to the type of the first argument. We cannot cast the result to a reference type, so if ARG1 is a reference type, find its underlying type. */ type = value_type (arg1); while (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_REF) type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg2); return value_cast (type, value_binop (arg1, arg2, BINOP_SUB)); case BINOP_MUL: case BINOP_DIV: case BINOP_REM: case BINOP_MOD: arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) goto nosideret; else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) { binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg2); return value_zero (value_type (arg1), not_lval); } else { type = builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_double; if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg1))) arg1 = cast_from_fixed (type, arg1); if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg2))) arg2 = cast_from_fixed (type, arg2); binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg2); return ada_value_binop (arg1, arg2, op); } case BINOP_EQUAL: case BINOP_NOTEQUAL: arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); arg2 = evaluate_subexp (value_type (arg1), exp, pos, noside); if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) goto nosideret; if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) tem = 0; else { binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg2); tem = ada_value_equal (arg1, arg2); } if (op == BINOP_NOTEQUAL) tem = !tem; type = language_bool_type (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch); return value_from_longest (type, (LONGEST) tem); case UNOP_NEG: arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) goto nosideret; else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg1))) return value_cast (value_type (arg1), value_neg (arg1)); else { unop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1); return value_neg (arg1); } case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND: case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR: case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT: { struct value *val; *pos -= 1; val = evaluate_subexp_standard (expect_type, exp, pos, noside); type = language_bool_type (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch); return value_cast (type, val); } case BINOP_BITWISE_AND: case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR: case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR: { struct value *val; arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS); *pos = pc; val = evaluate_subexp_standard (expect_type, exp, pos, noside); return value_cast (value_type (arg1), val); } case OP_VAR_VALUE: *pos -= 1; if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) { *pos += 4; goto nosideret; } else if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol) == UNDEF_DOMAIN) /* Only encountered when an unresolved symbol occurs in a context other than a function call, in which case, it is invalid. */ error (_("Unexpected unresolved symbol, %s, during evaluation"), SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol)); else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) { type = static_unwrap_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol)); /* Check to see if this is a tagged type. We also need to handle the case where the type is a reference to a tagged type, but we have to be careful to exclude pointers to tagged types. The latter should be shown as usual (as a pointer), whereas a reference should mostly be transparent to the user. */ if (ada_is_tagged_type (type, 0) || (TYPE_CODE(type) == TYPE_CODE_REF && ada_is_tagged_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type), 0))) { /* Tagged types are a little special in the fact that the real type is dynamic and can only be determined by inspecting the object's tag. This means that we need to get the object's value first (EVAL_NORMAL) and then extract the actual object type from its tag. Note that we cannot skip the final step where we extract the object type from its tag, because the EVAL_NORMAL phase results in dynamic components being resolved into fixed ones. This can cause problems when trying to print the type description of tagged types whose parent has a dynamic size: We use the type name of the "_parent" component in order to print the name of the ancestor type in the type description. If that component had a dynamic size, the resolution into a fixed type would result in the loss of that type name, thus preventing us from printing the name of the ancestor type in the type description. */ arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_NORMAL); if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_REF) { struct type *actual_type; actual_type = type_from_tag (ada_value_tag (arg1)); if (actual_type == NULL) /* If, for some reason, we were unable to determine the actual type from the tag, then use the static approximation that we just computed as a fallback. This can happen if the debugging information is incomplete, for instance. */ actual_type = type; return value_zero (actual_type, not_lval); } else { /* In the case of a ref, ada_coerce_ref takes care of determining the actual type. But the evaluation should return a ref as it should be valid to ask for its address; so rebuild a ref after coerce. */ arg1 = ada_coerce_ref (arg1); return value_ref (arg1); } } *pos += 4; return value_zero (to_static_fixed_type (static_unwrap_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol))), not_lval); } else { arg1 = evaluate_subexp_standard (expect_type, exp, pos, noside); return ada_to_fixed_value (arg1); } case OP_FUNCALL: (*pos) += 2; /* Allocate arg vector, including space for the function to be called in argvec[0] and a terminating NULL. */ nargs = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst); argvec = (struct value **) alloca (sizeof (struct value *) * (nargs + 2)); if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode == OP_VAR_VALUE && SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol) == UNDEF_DOMAIN) error (_("Unexpected unresolved symbol, %s, during evaluation"), SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol)); else { for (tem = 0; tem <= nargs; tem += 1) argvec[tem] = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); argvec[tem] = 0; if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) goto nosideret; } if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (desc_base_type (value_type (argvec[0])))) argvec[0] = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (argvec[0]); else if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (argvec[0])) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY && TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (value_type (argvec[0]), 0) != 0) /* This is a packed array that has already been fixed, and therefore already coerced to a simple array. Nothing further to do. */ ; else if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (argvec[0])) == TYPE_CODE_REF || (TYPE_CODE (value_type (argvec[0])) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY && VALUE_LVAL (argvec[0]) == lval_memory)) argvec[0] = value_addr (argvec[0]); type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (argvec[0])); /* Ada allows us to implicitly dereference arrays when subscripting them. So, if this is an array typedef (encoding use for array access types encoded as fat pointers), strip it now. */ if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF) type = ada_typedef_target_type (type); if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) { switch (TYPE_CODE (ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)))) { case TYPE_CODE_FUNC: type = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); break; case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY: break; case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT: if (noside != EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) argvec[0] = ada_value_ind (argvec[0]); type = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); break; default: error (_("cannot subscript or call something of type `%s'"), ada_type_name (value_type (argvec[0]))); break; } } switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) { case TYPE_CODE_FUNC: if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) { struct type *rtype = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); if (TYPE_GNU_IFUNC (type)) return allocate_value (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (rtype)); return allocate_value (rtype); } return call_function_by_hand (argvec[0], nargs, argvec + 1); case TYPE_CODE_INTERNAL_FUNCTION: if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) /* We don't know anything about what the internal function might return, but we have to return something. */ return value_zero (builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_int, not_lval); else return call_internal_function (exp->gdbarch, exp->language_defn, argvec[0], nargs, argvec + 1); case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT: { int arity; arity = ada_array_arity (type); type = ada_array_element_type (type, nargs); if (type == NULL) error (_("cannot subscript or call a record")); if (arity != nargs) error (_("wrong number of subscripts; expecting %d"), arity); if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) return value_zero (ada_aligned_type (type), lval_memory); return unwrap_value (ada_value_subscript (argvec[0], nargs, argvec + 1)); } case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY: if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) { type = ada_array_element_type (type, nargs); if (type == NULL) error (_("element type of array unknown")); else return value_zero (ada_aligned_type (type), lval_memory); } return unwrap_value (ada_value_subscript (ada_coerce_to_simple_array (argvec[0]), nargs, argvec + 1)); case TYPE_CODE_PTR: /* Pointer to array */ type = to_fixed_array_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type), NULL, 1); if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) { type = ada_array_element_type (type, nargs); if (type == NULL) error (_("element type of array unknown")); else return value_zero (ada_aligned_type (type), lval_memory); } return unwrap_value (ada_value_ptr_subscript (argvec[0], type, nargs, argvec + 1)); default: error (_("Attempt to index or call something other than an " "array or function")); } case TERNOP_SLICE: { struct value *array = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); struct value *low_bound_val = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); struct value *high_bound_val = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); LONGEST low_bound; LONGEST high_bound; low_bound_val = coerce_ref (low_bound_val); high_bound_val = coerce_ref (high_bound_val); low_bound = pos_atr (low_bound_val); high_bound = pos_atr (high_bound_val); if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) goto nosideret; /* If this is a reference to an aligner type, then remove all the aligners. */ if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (array)) == TYPE_CODE_REF && ada_is_aligner_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (array)))) TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (array)) = ada_aligned_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (array))); if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (array))) error (_("cannot slice a packed array")); /* If this is a reference to an array or an array lvalue, convert to a pointer. */ if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (array)) == TYPE_CODE_REF || (TYPE_CODE (value_type (array)) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY && VALUE_LVAL (array) == lval_memory)) array = value_addr (array); if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS && ada_is_array_descriptor_type (ada_check_typedef (value_type (array)))) return empty_array (ada_type_of_array (array, 0), low_bound); array = ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (array); /* If we have more than one level of pointer indirection, dereference the value until we get only one level. */ while (TYPE_CODE (value_type (array)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR && (TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (array))) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)) array = value_ind (array); /* Make sure we really do have an array type before going further, to avoid a SEGV when trying to get the index type or the target type later down the road if the debug info generated by the compiler is incorrect or incomplete. */ if (!ada_is_simple_array_type (value_type (array))) error (_("cannot take slice of non-array")); if (TYPE_CODE (ada_check_typedef (value_type (array))) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) { struct type *type0 = ada_check_typedef (value_type (array)); if (high_bound < low_bound || noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) return empty_array (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0), low_bound); else { struct type *arr_type0 = to_fixed_array_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0), NULL, 1); return ada_value_slice_from_ptr (array, arr_type0, longest_to_int (low_bound), longest_to_int (high_bound)); } } else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) return array; else if (high_bound < low_bound) return empty_array (value_type (array), low_bound); else return ada_value_slice (array, longest_to_int (low_bound), longest_to_int (high_bound)); } case UNOP_IN_RANGE: (*pos) += 2; arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); type = check_typedef (exp->elts[pc + 1].type); if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) goto nosideret; switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) { default: lim_warning (_("Membership test incompletely implemented; " "always returns true")); type = language_bool_type (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch); return value_from_longest (type, (LONGEST) 1); case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: arg2 = value_from_longest (type, TYPE_LOW_BOUND (type)); arg3 = value_from_longest (type, TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (type)); binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg2); binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg3); type = language_bool_type (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch); return value_from_longest (type, (value_less (arg1, arg3) || value_equal (arg1, arg3)) && (value_less (arg2, arg1) || value_equal (arg2, arg1))); } case BINOP_IN_BOUNDS: (*pos) += 2; arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) goto nosideret; if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) { type = language_bool_type (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch); return value_zero (type, not_lval); } tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst); type = ada_index_type (value_type (arg2), tem, "range"); if (!type) type = value_type (arg1); arg3 = value_from_longest (type, ada_array_bound (arg2, tem, 1)); arg2 = value_from_longest (type, ada_array_bound (arg2, tem, 0)); binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg2); binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg3); type = language_bool_type (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch); return value_from_longest (type, (value_less (arg1, arg3) || value_equal (arg1, arg3)) && (value_less (arg2, arg1) || value_equal (arg2, arg1))); case TERNOP_IN_RANGE: arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); arg3 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) goto nosideret; binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg2); binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg3); type = language_bool_type (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch); return value_from_longest (type, (value_less (arg1, arg3) || value_equal (arg1, arg3)) && (value_less (arg2, arg1) || value_equal (arg2, arg1))); case OP_ATR_FIRST: case OP_ATR_LAST: case OP_ATR_LENGTH: { struct type *type_arg; if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode == OP_TYPE) { evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); arg1 = NULL; type_arg = check_typedef (exp->elts[pc + 2].type); } else { arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); type_arg = NULL; } if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode != OP_LONG) error (_("Invalid operand to '%s"), ada_attribute_name (op)); tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[*pos + 2].longconst); *pos += 4; if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) goto nosideret; if (type_arg == NULL) { arg1 = ada_coerce_ref (arg1); if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arg1))) arg1 = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1); type = ada_index_type (value_type (arg1), tem, ada_attribute_name (op)); if (type == NULL) type = builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_int; if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) return allocate_value (type); switch (op) { default: /* Should never happen. */ error (_("unexpected attribute encountered")); case OP_ATR_FIRST: return value_from_longest (type, ada_array_bound (arg1, tem, 0)); case OP_ATR_LAST: return value_from_longest (type, ada_array_bound (arg1, tem, 1)); case OP_ATR_LENGTH: return value_from_longest (type, ada_array_length (arg1, tem)); } } else if (discrete_type_p (type_arg)) { struct type *range_type; const char *name = ada_type_name (type_arg); range_type = NULL; if (name != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type_arg) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM) range_type = to_fixed_range_type (type_arg, NULL); if (range_type == NULL) range_type = type_arg; switch (op) { default: error (_("unexpected attribute encountered")); case OP_ATR_FIRST: return value_from_longest (range_type, ada_discrete_type_low_bound (range_type)); case OP_ATR_LAST: return value_from_longest (range_type, ada_discrete_type_high_bound (range_type)); case OP_ATR_LENGTH: error (_("the 'length attribute applies only to array types")); } } else if (TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_FLT) error (_("unimplemented type attribute")); else { LONGEST low, high; if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type_arg)) type_arg = decode_constrained_packed_array_type (type_arg); type = ada_index_type (type_arg, tem, ada_attribute_name (op)); if (type == NULL) type = builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_int; if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) return allocate_value (type); switch (op) { default: error (_("unexpected attribute encountered")); case OP_ATR_FIRST: low = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 0); return value_from_longest (type, low); case OP_ATR_LAST: high = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 1); return value_from_longest (type, high); case OP_ATR_LENGTH: low = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 0); high = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 1); return value_from_longest (type, high - low + 1); } } } case OP_ATR_TAG: arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) goto nosideret; if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) return value_zero (ada_tag_type (arg1), not_lval); return ada_value_tag (arg1); case OP_ATR_MIN: case OP_ATR_MAX: evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) goto nosideret; else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) return value_zero (value_type (arg1), not_lval); else { binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg2); return value_binop (arg1, arg2, op == OP_ATR_MIN ? BINOP_MIN : BINOP_MAX); } case OP_ATR_MODULUS: { struct type *type_arg = check_typedef (exp->elts[pc + 2].type); evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) goto nosideret; if (!ada_is_modular_type (type_arg)) error (_("'modulus must be applied to modular type")); return value_from_longest (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type_arg), ada_modulus (type_arg)); } case OP_ATR_POS: evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) goto nosideret; type = builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_int; if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) return value_zero (type, not_lval); else return value_pos_atr (type, arg1); case OP_ATR_SIZE: arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); type = value_type (arg1); /* If the argument is a reference, then dereference its type, since the user is really asking for the size of the actual object, not the size of the pointer. */ if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_REF) type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) goto nosideret; else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) return value_zero (builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_int, not_lval); else return value_from_longest (builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_int, TARGET_CHAR_BIT * TYPE_LENGTH (type)); case OP_ATR_VAL: evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); type = exp->elts[pc + 2].type; if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) goto nosideret; else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) return value_zero (type, not_lval); else return value_val_atr (type, arg1); case BINOP_EXP: arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) goto nosideret; else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) return value_zero (value_type (arg1), not_lval); else { /* For integer exponentiation operations, only promote the first argument. */ if (is_integral_type (value_type (arg2))) unop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1); else binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg2); return value_binop (arg1, arg2, op); } case UNOP_PLUS: arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) goto nosideret; else return arg1; case UNOP_ABS: arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) goto nosideret; unop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1); if (value_less (arg1, value_zero (value_type (arg1), not_lval))) return value_neg (arg1); else return arg1; case UNOP_IND: arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) goto nosideret; type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg1)); if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) { if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type)) /* GDB allows dereferencing GNAT array descriptors. */ { struct type *arrType = ada_type_of_array (arg1, 0); if (arrType == NULL) error (_("Attempt to dereference null array pointer.")); return value_at_lazy (arrType, 0); } else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_REF /* In C you can dereference an array to get the 1st elt. */ || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) { type = to_static_fixed_type (ada_aligned_type (ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)))); check_size (type); return value_zero (type, lval_memory); } else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_INT) { /* GDB allows dereferencing an int. */ if (expect_type == NULL) return value_zero (builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_int, lval_memory); else { expect_type = to_static_fixed_type (ada_aligned_type (expect_type)); return value_zero (expect_type, lval_memory); } } else error (_("Attempt to take contents of a non-pointer value.")); } arg1 = ada_coerce_ref (arg1); /* FIXME: What is this for?? */ type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg1)); if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_INT) /* GDB allows dereferencing an int. If we were given the expect_type, then use that as the target type. Otherwise, assume that the target type is an int. */ { if (expect_type != NULL) return ada_value_ind (value_cast (lookup_pointer_type (expect_type), arg1)); else return value_at_lazy (builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_int, (CORE_ADDR) value_as_address (arg1)); } if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type)) /* GDB allows dereferencing GNAT array descriptors. */ return ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1); else return ada_value_ind (arg1); case STRUCTOP_STRUCT: tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst); (*pos) += 3 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (tem + 1); arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) goto nosideret; if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) { struct type *type1 = value_type (arg1); if (ada_is_tagged_type (type1, 1)) { type = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (type1, &exp->elts[pc + 2].string, 1, 1, NULL); if (type == NULL) /* In this case, we assume that the field COULD exist in some extension of the type. Return an object of "type" void, which will match any formal (see ada_type_match). */ return value_zero (builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_void, lval_memory); } else type = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (type1, &exp->elts[pc + 2].string, 1, 0, NULL); return value_zero (ada_aligned_type (type), lval_memory); } else arg1 = ada_value_struct_elt (arg1, &exp->elts[pc + 2].string, 0); arg1 = unwrap_value (arg1); return ada_to_fixed_value (arg1); case OP_TYPE: /* The value is not supposed to be used. This is here to make it easier to accommodate expressions that contain types. */ (*pos) += 2; if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) goto nosideret; else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) return allocate_value (exp->elts[pc + 1].type); else error (_("Attempt to use a type name as an expression")); case OP_AGGREGATE: case OP_CHOICES: case OP_OTHERS: case OP_DISCRETE_RANGE: case OP_POSITIONAL: case OP_NAME: if (noside == EVAL_NORMAL) switch (op) { case OP_NAME: error (_("Undefined name, ambiguous name, or renaming used in " "component association: %s."), &exp->elts[pc+2].string); case OP_AGGREGATE: error (_("Aggregates only allowed on the right of an assignment")); default: internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("aggregate apparently mangled")); } ada_forward_operator_length (exp, pc, &oplen, &nargs); *pos += oplen - 1; for (tem = 0; tem < nargs; tem += 1) ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, pos, noside); goto nosideret; } nosideret: return value_from_longest (builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_int, 1); } /* Fixed point */ /* If TYPE encodes an Ada fixed-point type, return the suffix of the type name that encodes the 'small and 'delta information. Otherwise, return NULL. */ static const char * fixed_type_info (struct type *type) { const char *name = ada_type_name (type); enum type_code code = (type == NULL) ? TYPE_CODE_UNDEF : TYPE_CODE (type); if ((code == TYPE_CODE_INT || code == TYPE_CODE_RANGE) && name != NULL) { const char *tail = strstr (name, "___XF_"); if (tail == NULL) return NULL; else return tail + 5; } else if (code == TYPE_CODE_RANGE && TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) != type) return fixed_type_info (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); else return NULL; } /* Returns non-zero iff TYPE represents an Ada fixed-point type. */ int ada_is_fixed_point_type (struct type *type) { return fixed_type_info (type) != NULL; } /* Return non-zero iff TYPE represents a System.Address type. */ int ada_is_system_address_type (struct type *type) { return (TYPE_NAME (type) && strcmp (TYPE_NAME (type), "system__address") == 0); } /* Assuming that TYPE is the representation of an Ada fixed-point type, return its delta, or -1 if the type is malformed and the delta cannot be determined. */ DOUBLEST ada_delta (struct type *type) { const char *encoding = fixed_type_info (type); DOUBLEST num, den; /* Strictly speaking, num and den are encoded as integer. However, they may not fit into a long, and they will have to be converted to DOUBLEST anyway. So scan them as DOUBLEST. */ if (sscanf (encoding, "_%" DOUBLEST_SCAN_FORMAT "_%" DOUBLEST_SCAN_FORMAT, &num, &den) < 2) return -1.0; else return num / den; } /* Assuming that ada_is_fixed_point_type (TYPE), return the scaling factor ('SMALL value) associated with the type. */ static DOUBLEST scaling_factor (struct type *type) { const char *encoding = fixed_type_info (type); DOUBLEST num0, den0, num1, den1; int n; /* Strictly speaking, num's and den's are encoded as integer. However, they may not fit into a long, and they will have to be converted to DOUBLEST anyway. So scan them as DOUBLEST. */ n = sscanf (encoding, "_%" DOUBLEST_SCAN_FORMAT "_%" DOUBLEST_SCAN_FORMAT "_%" DOUBLEST_SCAN_FORMAT "_%" DOUBLEST_SCAN_FORMAT, &num0, &den0, &num1, &den1); if (n < 2) return 1.0; else if (n == 4) return num1 / den1; else return num0 / den0; } /* Assuming that X is the representation of a value of fixed-point type TYPE, return its floating-point equivalent. */ DOUBLEST ada_fixed_to_float (struct type *type, LONGEST x) { return (DOUBLEST) x *scaling_factor (type); } /* The representation of a fixed-point value of type TYPE corresponding to the value X. */ LONGEST ada_float_to_fixed (struct type *type, DOUBLEST x) { return (LONGEST) (x / scaling_factor (type) + 0.5); } /* Range types */ /* Scan STR beginning at position K for a discriminant name, and return the value of that discriminant field of DVAL in *PX. If PNEW_K is not null, put the position of the character beyond the name scanned in *PNEW_K. Return 1 if successful; return 0 and do not alter *PX and *PNEW_K if unsuccessful. */ static int scan_discrim_bound (char *str, int k, struct value *dval, LONGEST * px, int *pnew_k) { static char *bound_buffer = NULL; static size_t bound_buffer_len = 0; char *bound; char *pend; struct value *bound_val; if (dval == NULL || str == NULL || str[k] == '\0') return 0; pend = strstr (str + k, "__"); if (pend == NULL) { bound = str + k; k += strlen (bound); } else { GROW_VECT (bound_buffer, bound_buffer_len, pend - (str + k) + 1); bound = bound_buffer; strncpy (bound_buffer, str + k, pend - (str + k)); bound[pend - (str + k)] = '\0'; k = pend - str; } bound_val = ada_search_struct_field (bound, dval, 0, value_type (dval)); if (bound_val == NULL) return 0; *px = value_as_long (bound_val); if (pnew_k != NULL) *pnew_k = k; return 1; } /* Value of variable named NAME in the current environment. If no such variable found, then if ERR_MSG is null, returns 0, and otherwise causes an error with message ERR_MSG. */ static struct value * get_var_value (char *name, char *err_msg) { struct ada_symbol_info *syms; int nsyms; nsyms = ada_lookup_symbol_list (name, get_selected_block (0), VAR_DOMAIN, &syms, 1); if (nsyms != 1) { if (err_msg == NULL) return 0; else error (("%s"), err_msg); } return value_of_variable (syms[0].sym, syms[0].block); } /* Value of integer variable named NAME in the current environment. If no such variable found, returns 0, and sets *FLAG to 0. If successful, sets *FLAG to 1. */ LONGEST get_int_var_value (char *name, int *flag) { struct value *var_val = get_var_value (name, 0); if (var_val == 0) { if (flag != NULL) *flag = 0; return 0; } else { if (flag != NULL) *flag = 1; return value_as_long (var_val); } } /* Return a range type whose base type is that of the range type named NAME in the current environment, and whose bounds are calculated from NAME according to the GNAT range encoding conventions. Extract discriminant values, if needed, from DVAL. ORIG_TYPE is the corresponding range type from debug information; fall back to using it if symbol lookup fails. If a new type must be created, allocate it like ORIG_TYPE was. The bounds information, in general, is encoded in NAME, the base type given in the named range type. */ static struct type * to_fixed_range_type (struct type *raw_type, struct value *dval) { const char *name; struct type *base_type; char *subtype_info; gdb_assert (raw_type != NULL); gdb_assert (TYPE_NAME (raw_type) != NULL); if (TYPE_CODE (raw_type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE) base_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (raw_type); else base_type = raw_type; name = TYPE_NAME (raw_type); subtype_info = strstr (name, "___XD"); if (subtype_info == NULL) { LONGEST L = ada_discrete_type_low_bound (raw_type); LONGEST U = ada_discrete_type_high_bound (raw_type); if (L < INT_MIN || U > INT_MAX) return raw_type; else return create_range_type (alloc_type_copy (raw_type), raw_type, ada_discrete_type_low_bound (raw_type), ada_discrete_type_high_bound (raw_type)); } else { static char *name_buf = NULL; static size_t name_len = 0; int prefix_len = subtype_info - name; LONGEST L, U; struct type *type; char *bounds_str; int n; GROW_VECT (name_buf, name_len, prefix_len + 5); strncpy (name_buf, name, prefix_len); name_buf[prefix_len] = '\0'; subtype_info += 5; bounds_str = strchr (subtype_info, '_'); n = 1; if (*subtype_info == 'L') { if (!ada_scan_number (bounds_str, n, &L, &n) && !scan_discrim_bound (bounds_str, n, dval, &L, &n)) return raw_type; if (bounds_str[n] == '_') n += 2; else if (bounds_str[n] == '.') /* FIXME? SGI Workshop kludge. */ n += 1; subtype_info += 1; } else { int ok; strcpy (name_buf + prefix_len, "___L"); L = get_int_var_value (name_buf, &ok); if (!ok) { lim_warning (_("Unknown lower bound, using 1.")); L = 1; } } if (*subtype_info == 'U') { if (!ada_scan_number (bounds_str, n, &U, &n) && !scan_discrim_bound (bounds_str, n, dval, &U, &n)) return raw_type; } else { int ok; strcpy (name_buf + prefix_len, "___U"); U = get_int_var_value (name_buf, &ok); if (!ok) { lim_warning (_("Unknown upper bound, using %ld."), (long) L); U = L; } } type = create_range_type (alloc_type_copy (raw_type), base_type, L, U); TYPE_NAME (type) = name; return type; } } /* True iff NAME is the name of a range type. */ int ada_is_range_type_name (const char *name) { return (name != NULL && strstr (name, "___XD")); } /* Modular types */ /* True iff TYPE is an Ada modular type. */ int ada_is_modular_type (struct type *type) { struct type *subranged_type = get_base_type (type); return (subranged_type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE && TYPE_CODE (subranged_type) == TYPE_CODE_INT && TYPE_UNSIGNED (subranged_type)); } /* Assuming ada_is_modular_type (TYPE), the modulus of TYPE. */ ULONGEST ada_modulus (struct type *type) { return (ULONGEST) TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (type) + 1; } /* Ada exception catchpoint support: --------------------------------- We support 3 kinds of exception catchpoints: . catchpoints on Ada exceptions . catchpoints on unhandled Ada exceptions . catchpoints on failed assertions Exceptions raised during failed assertions, or unhandled exceptions could perfectly be caught with the general catchpoint on Ada exceptions. However, we can easily differentiate these two special cases, and having the option to distinguish these two cases from the rest can be useful to zero-in on certain situations. Exception catchpoints are a specialized form of breakpoint, since they rely on inserting breakpoints inside known routines of the GNAT runtime. The implementation therefore uses a standard breakpoint structure of the BP_BREAKPOINT type, but with its own set of breakpoint_ops. Support in the runtime for exception catchpoints have been changed a few times already, and these changes affect the implementation of these catchpoints. In order to be able to support several variants of the runtime, we use a sniffer that will determine the runtime variant used by the program being debugged. */ /* The different types of catchpoints that we introduced for catching Ada exceptions. */ enum exception_catchpoint_kind { ex_catch_exception, ex_catch_exception_unhandled, ex_catch_assert }; /* Ada's standard exceptions. */ static char *standard_exc[] = { "constraint_error", "program_error", "storage_error", "tasking_error" }; typedef CORE_ADDR (ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr_ftype) (void); /* A structure that describes how to support exception catchpoints for a given executable. */ struct exception_support_info { /* The name of the symbol to break on in order to insert a catchpoint on exceptions. */ const char *catch_exception_sym; /* The name of the symbol to break on in order to insert a catchpoint on unhandled exceptions. */ const char *catch_exception_unhandled_sym; /* The name of the symbol to break on in order to insert a catchpoint on failed assertions. */ const char *catch_assert_sym; /* Assuming that the inferior just triggered an unhandled exception catchpoint, this function is responsible for returning the address in inferior memory where the name of that exception is stored. Return zero if the address could not be computed. */ ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr_ftype *unhandled_exception_name_addr; }; static CORE_ADDR ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr (void); static CORE_ADDR ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr_from_raise (void); /* The following exception support info structure describes how to implement exception catchpoints with the latest version of the Ada runtime (as of 2007-03-06). */ static const struct exception_support_info default_exception_support_info = { "__gnat_debug_raise_exception", /* catch_exception_sym */ "__gnat_unhandled_exception", /* catch_exception_unhandled_sym */ "__gnat_debug_raise_assert_failure", /* catch_assert_sym */ ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr }; /* The following exception support info structure describes how to implement exception catchpoints with a slightly older version of the Ada runtime. */ static const struct exception_support_info exception_support_info_fallback = { "__gnat_raise_nodefer_with_msg", /* catch_exception_sym */ "__gnat_unhandled_exception", /* catch_exception_unhandled_sym */ "system__assertions__raise_assert_failure", /* catch_assert_sym */ ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr_from_raise }; /* Return nonzero if we can detect the exception support routines described in EINFO. This function errors out if an abnormal situation is detected (for instance, if we find the exception support routines, but that support is found to be incomplete). */ static int ada_has_this_exception_support (const struct exception_support_info *einfo) { struct symbol *sym; /* The symbol we're looking up is provided by a unit in the GNAT runtime that should be compiled with debugging information. As a result, we expect to find that symbol in the symtabs. */ sym = standard_lookup (einfo->catch_exception_sym, NULL, VAR_DOMAIN); if (sym == NULL) { /* Perhaps we did not find our symbol because the Ada runtime was compiled without debugging info, or simply stripped of it. It happens on some GNU/Linux distributions for instance, where users have to install a separate debug package in order to get the runtime's debugging info. In that situation, let the user know why we cannot insert an Ada exception catchpoint. Note: Just for the purpose of inserting our Ada exception catchpoint, we could rely purely on the associated minimal symbol. But we would be operating in degraded mode anyway, since we are still lacking the debugging info needed later on to extract the name of the exception being raised (this name is printed in the catchpoint message, and is also used when trying to catch a specific exception). We do not handle this case for now. */ if (lookup_minimal_symbol (einfo->catch_exception_sym, NULL, NULL)) error (_("Your Ada runtime appears to be missing some debugging " "information.\nCannot insert Ada exception catchpoint " "in this configuration.")); return 0; } /* Make sure that the symbol we found corresponds to a function. */ if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_BLOCK) error (_("Symbol \"%s\" is not a function (class = %d)"), SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym), SYMBOL_CLASS (sym)); return 1; } /* Inspect the Ada runtime and determine which exception info structure should be used to provide support for exception catchpoints. This function will always set the per-inferior exception_info, or raise an error. */ static void ada_exception_support_info_sniffer (void) { struct ada_inferior_data *data = get_ada_inferior_data (current_inferior ()); /* If the exception info is already known, then no need to recompute it. */ if (data->exception_info != NULL) return; /* Check the latest (default) exception support info. */ if (ada_has_this_exception_support (&default_exception_support_info)) { data->exception_info = &default_exception_support_info; return; } /* Try our fallback exception suport info. */ if (ada_has_this_exception_support (&exception_support_info_fallback)) { data->exception_info = &exception_support_info_fallback; return; } /* Sometimes, it is normal for us to not be able to find the routine we are looking for. This happens when the program is linked with the shared version of the GNAT runtime, and the program has not been started yet. Inform the user of these two possible causes if applicable. */ if (ada_update_initial_language (language_unknown) != language_ada) error (_("Unable to insert catchpoint. Is this an Ada main program?")); /* If the symbol does not exist, then check that the program is already started, to make sure that shared libraries have been loaded. If it is not started, this may mean that the symbol is in a shared library. */ if (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid) == 0) error (_("Unable to insert catchpoint. Try to start the program first.")); /* At this point, we know that we are debugging an Ada program and that the inferior has been started, but we still are not able to find the run-time symbols. That can mean that we are in configurable run time mode, or that a-except as been optimized out by the linker... In any case, at this point it is not worth supporting this feature. */ error (_("Cannot insert Ada exception catchpoints in this configuration.")); } /* True iff FRAME is very likely to be that of a function that is part of the runtime system. This is all very heuristic, but is intended to be used as advice as to what frames are uninteresting to most users. */ static int is_known_support_routine (struct frame_info *frame) { struct symtab_and_line sal; const char *func_name; enum language func_lang; int i; const char *fullname; /* If this code does not have any debugging information (no symtab), This cannot be any user code. */ find_frame_sal (frame, &sal); if (sal.symtab == NULL) return 1; /* If there is a symtab, but the associated source file cannot be located, then assume this is not user code: Selecting a frame for which we cannot display the code would not be very helpful for the user. This should also take care of case such as VxWorks where the kernel has some debugging info provided for a few units. */ fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab); if (access (fullname, R_OK) != 0) return 1; /* Check the unit filename againt the Ada runtime file naming. We also check the name of the objfile against the name of some known system libraries that sometimes come with debugging info too. */ for (i = 0; known_runtime_file_name_patterns[i] != NULL; i += 1) { re_comp (known_runtime_file_name_patterns[i]); if (re_exec (lbasename (sal.symtab->filename))) return 1; if (sal.symtab->objfile != NULL && re_exec (sal.symtab->objfile->name)) return 1; } /* Check whether the function is a GNAT-generated entity. */ find_frame_funname (frame, &func_name, &func_lang, NULL); if (func_name == NULL) return 1; for (i = 0; known_auxiliary_function_name_patterns[i] != NULL; i += 1) { re_comp (known_auxiliary_function_name_patterns[i]); if (re_exec (func_name)) return 1; } return 0; } /* Find the first frame that contains debugging information and that is not part of the Ada run-time, starting from FI and moving upward. */ void ada_find_printable_frame (struct frame_info *fi) { for (; fi != NULL; fi = get_prev_frame (fi)) { if (!is_known_support_routine (fi)) { select_frame (fi); break; } } } /* Assuming that the inferior just triggered an unhandled exception catchpoint, return the address in inferior memory where the name of the exception is stored. Return zero if the address could not be computed. */ static CORE_ADDR ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr (void) { return parse_and_eval_address ("e.full_name"); } /* Same as ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr, except that this function should be used when the inferior uses an older version of the runtime, where the exception name needs to be extracted from a specific frame several frames up in the callstack. */ static CORE_ADDR ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr_from_raise (void) { int frame_level; struct frame_info *fi; struct ada_inferior_data *data = get_ada_inferior_data (current_inferior ()); /* To determine the name of this exception, we need to select the frame corresponding to RAISE_SYM_NAME. This frame is at least 3 levels up, so we simply skip the first 3 frames without checking the name of their associated function. */ fi = get_current_frame (); for (frame_level = 0; frame_level < 3; frame_level += 1) if (fi != NULL) fi = get_prev_frame (fi); while (fi != NULL) { const char *func_name; enum language func_lang; find_frame_funname (fi, &func_name, &func_lang, NULL); if (func_name != NULL && strcmp (func_name, data->exception_info->catch_exception_sym) == 0) break; /* We found the frame we were looking for... */ fi = get_prev_frame (fi); } if (fi == NULL) return 0; select_frame (fi); return parse_and_eval_address ("id.full_name"); } /* Assuming the inferior just triggered an Ada exception catchpoint (of any type), return the address in inferior memory where the name of the exception is stored, if applicable. Return zero if the address could not be computed, or if not relevant. */ static CORE_ADDR ada_exception_name_addr_1 (enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex, struct breakpoint *b) { struct ada_inferior_data *data = get_ada_inferior_data (current_inferior ()); switch (ex) { case ex_catch_exception: return (parse_and_eval_address ("e.full_name")); break; case ex_catch_exception_unhandled: return data->exception_info->unhandled_exception_name_addr (); break; case ex_catch_assert: return 0; /* Exception name is not relevant in this case. */ break; default: internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unexpected catchpoint type")); break; } return 0; /* Should never be reached. */ } /* Same as ada_exception_name_addr_1, except that it intercepts and contains any error that ada_exception_name_addr_1 might cause to be thrown. When an error is intercepted, a warning with the error message is printed, and zero is returned. */ static CORE_ADDR ada_exception_name_addr (enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex, struct breakpoint *b) { volatile struct gdb_exception e; CORE_ADDR result = 0; TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR) { result = ada_exception_name_addr_1 (ex, b); } if (e.reason < 0) { warning (_("failed to get exception name: %s"), e.message); return 0; } return result; } static struct symtab_and_line ada_exception_sal (enum exception_catchpoint_kind, char *, char **, const struct breakpoint_ops **); static char *ada_exception_catchpoint_cond_string (const char *excep_string); /* Ada catchpoints. In the case of catchpoints on Ada exceptions, the catchpoint will stop the target on every exception the program throws. When a user specifies the name of a specific exception, we translate this request into a condition expression (in text form), and then parse it into an expression stored in each of the catchpoint's locations. We then use this condition to check whether the exception that was raised is the one the user is interested in. If not, then the target is resumed again. We store the name of the requested exception, in order to be able to re-set the condition expression when symbols change. */ /* An instance of this type is used to represent an Ada catchpoint breakpoint location. It includes a "struct bp_location" as a kind of base class; users downcast to "struct bp_location *" when needed. */ struct ada_catchpoint_location { /* The base class. */ struct bp_location base; /* The condition that checks whether the exception that was raised is the specific exception the user specified on catchpoint creation. */ struct expression *excep_cond_expr; }; /* Implement the DTOR method in the bp_location_ops structure for all Ada exception catchpoint kinds. */ static void ada_catchpoint_location_dtor (struct bp_location *bl) { struct ada_catchpoint_location *al = (struct ada_catchpoint_location *) bl; xfree (al->excep_cond_expr); } /* The vtable to be used in Ada catchpoint locations. */ static const struct bp_location_ops ada_catchpoint_location_ops = { ada_catchpoint_location_dtor }; /* An instance of this type is used to represent an Ada catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. */ struct ada_catchpoint { /* The base class. */ struct breakpoint base; /* The name of the specific exception the user specified. */ char *excep_string; }; /* Parse the exception condition string in the context of each of the catchpoint's locations, and store them for later evaluation. */ static void create_excep_cond_exprs (struct ada_catchpoint *c) { struct cleanup *old_chain; struct bp_location *bl; char *cond_string; /* Nothing to do if there's no specific exception to catch. */ if (c->excep_string == NULL) return; /* Same if there are no locations... */ if (c->base.loc == NULL) return; /* Compute the condition expression in text form, from the specific expection we want to catch. */ cond_string = ada_exception_catchpoint_cond_string (c->excep_string); old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string); /* Iterate over all the catchpoint's locations, and parse an expression for each. */ for (bl = c->base.loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next) { struct ada_catchpoint_location *ada_loc = (struct ada_catchpoint_location *) bl; struct expression *exp = NULL; if (!bl->shlib_disabled) { volatile struct gdb_exception e; char *s; s = cond_string; TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR) { exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, bl->address, block_for_pc (bl->address), 0); } if (e.reason < 0) warning (_("failed to reevaluate internal exception condition " "for catchpoint %d: %s"), c->base.number, e.message); } ada_loc->excep_cond_expr = exp; } do_cleanups (old_chain); } /* Implement the DTOR method in the breakpoint_ops structure for all exception catchpoint kinds. */ static void dtor_exception (enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex, struct breakpoint *b) { struct ada_catchpoint *c = (struct ada_catchpoint *) b; xfree (c->excep_string); bkpt_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b); } /* Implement the ALLOCATE_LOCATION method in the breakpoint_ops structure for all exception catchpoint kinds. */ static struct bp_location * allocate_location_exception (enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex, struct breakpoint *self) { struct ada_catchpoint_location *loc; loc = XNEW (struct ada_catchpoint_location); init_bp_location (&loc->base, &ada_catchpoint_location_ops, self); loc->excep_cond_expr = NULL; return &loc->base; } /* Implement the RE_SET method in the breakpoint_ops structure for all exception catchpoint kinds. */ static void re_set_exception (enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex, struct breakpoint *b) { struct ada_catchpoint *c = (struct ada_catchpoint *) b; /* Call the base class's method. This updates the catchpoint's locations. */ bkpt_breakpoint_ops.re_set (b); /* Reparse the exception conditional expressions. One for each location. */ create_excep_cond_exprs (c); } /* Returns true if we should stop for this breakpoint hit. If the user specified a specific exception, we only want to cause a stop if the program thrown that exception. */ static int should_stop_exception (const struct bp_location *bl) { struct ada_catchpoint *c = (struct ada_catchpoint *) bl->owner; const struct ada_catchpoint_location *ada_loc = (const struct ada_catchpoint_location *) bl; volatile struct gdb_exception ex; int stop; /* With no specific exception, should always stop. */ if (c->excep_string == NULL) return 1; if (ada_loc->excep_cond_expr == NULL) { /* We will have a NULL expression if back when we were creating the expressions, this location's had failed to parse. */ return 1; } stop = 1; TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL) { struct value *mark; mark = value_mark (); stop = value_true (evaluate_expression (ada_loc->excep_cond_expr)); value_free_to_mark (mark); } if (ex.reason < 0) exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, ex, _("Error in testing exception condition:\n")); return stop; } /* Implement the CHECK_STATUS method in the breakpoint_ops structure for all exception catchpoint kinds. */ static void check_status_exception (enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex, bpstat bs) { bs->stop = should_stop_exception (bs->bp_location_at); } /* Implement the PRINT_IT method in the breakpoint_ops structure for all exception catchpoint kinds. */ static enum print_stop_action print_it_exception (enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex, bpstat bs) { struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at; annotate_catchpoint (b->number); if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) { ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT)); ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition)); } ui_out_text (uiout, b->disposition == disp_del ? "\nTemporary catchpoint " : "\nCatchpoint "); ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number); ui_out_text (uiout, ", "); switch (ex) { case ex_catch_exception: case ex_catch_exception_unhandled: { const CORE_ADDR addr = ada_exception_name_addr (ex, b); char exception_name[256]; if (addr != 0) { read_memory (addr, exception_name, sizeof (exception_name) - 1); exception_name [sizeof (exception_name) - 1] = '\0'; } else { /* For some reason, we were unable to read the exception name. This could happen if the Runtime was compiled without debugging info, for instance. In that case, just replace the exception name by the generic string "exception" - it will read as "an exception" in the notification we are about to print. */ memcpy (exception_name, "exception", sizeof ("exception")); } /* In the case of unhandled exception breakpoints, we print the exception name as "unhandled EXCEPTION_NAME", to make it clearer to the user which kind of catchpoint just got hit. We used ui_out_text to make sure that this extra info does not pollute the exception name in the MI case. */ if (ex == ex_catch_exception_unhandled) ui_out_text (uiout, "unhandled "); ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exception-name", exception_name); } break; case ex_catch_assert: /* In this case, the name of the exception is not really important. Just print "failed assertion" to make it clearer that his program just hit an assertion-failure catchpoint. We used ui_out_text because this info does not belong in the MI output. */ ui_out_text (uiout, "failed assertion"); break; } ui_out_text (uiout, " at "); ada_find_printable_frame (get_current_frame ()); return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC; } /* Implement the PRINT_ONE method in the breakpoint_ops structure for all exception catchpoint kinds. */ static void print_one_exception (enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex, struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc) { struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; struct ada_catchpoint *c = (struct ada_catchpoint *) b; struct value_print_options opts; get_user_print_options (&opts); if (opts.addressprint) { annotate_field (4); ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address); } annotate_field (5); *last_loc = b->loc; switch (ex) { case ex_catch_exception: if (c->excep_string != NULL) { char *msg = xstrprintf (_("`%s' Ada exception"), c->excep_string); ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg); xfree (msg); } else ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "all Ada exceptions"); break; case ex_catch_exception_unhandled: ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "unhandled Ada exceptions"); break; case ex_catch_assert: ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "failed Ada assertions"); break; default: internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unexpected catchpoint type")); break; } } /* Implement the PRINT_MENTION method in the breakpoint_ops structure for all exception catchpoint kinds. */ static void print_mention_exception (enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex, struct breakpoint *b) { struct ada_catchpoint *c = (struct ada_catchpoint *) b; struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; ui_out_text (uiout, b->disposition == disp_del ? _("Temporary catchpoint ") : _("Catchpoint ")); ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number); ui_out_text (uiout, ": "); switch (ex) { case ex_catch_exception: if (c->excep_string != NULL) { char *info = xstrprintf (_("`%s' Ada exception"), c->excep_string); struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, info); ui_out_text (uiout, info); do_cleanups (old_chain); } else ui_out_text (uiout, _("all Ada exceptions")); break; case ex_catch_exception_unhandled: ui_out_text (uiout, _("unhandled Ada exceptions")); break; case ex_catch_assert: ui_out_text (uiout, _("failed Ada assertions")); break; default: internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unexpected catchpoint type")); break; } } /* Implement the PRINT_RECREATE method in the breakpoint_ops structure for all exception catchpoint kinds. */ static void print_recreate_exception (enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex, struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp) { struct ada_catchpoint *c = (struct ada_catchpoint *) b; switch (ex) { case ex_catch_exception: fprintf_filtered (fp, "catch exception"); if (c->excep_string != NULL) fprintf_filtered (fp, " %s", c->excep_string); break; case ex_catch_exception_unhandled: fprintf_filtered (fp, "catch exception unhandled"); break; case ex_catch_assert: fprintf_filtered (fp, "catch assert"); break; default: internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unexpected catchpoint type")); } print_recreate_thread (b, fp); } /* Virtual table for "catch exception" breakpoints. */ static void dtor_catch_exception (struct breakpoint *b) { dtor_exception (ex_catch_exception, b); } static struct bp_location * allocate_location_catch_exception (struct breakpoint *self) { return allocate_location_exception (ex_catch_exception, self); } static void re_set_catch_exception (struct breakpoint *b) { re_set_exception (ex_catch_exception, b); } static void check_status_catch_exception (bpstat bs) { check_status_exception (ex_catch_exception, bs); } static enum print_stop_action print_it_catch_exception (bpstat bs) { return print_it_exception (ex_catch_exception, bs); } static void print_one_catch_exception (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc) { print_one_exception (ex_catch_exception, b, last_loc); } static void print_mention_catch_exception (struct breakpoint *b) { print_mention_exception (ex_catch_exception, b); } static void print_recreate_catch_exception (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp) { print_recreate_exception (ex_catch_exception, b, fp); } static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exception_breakpoint_ops; /* Virtual table for "catch exception unhandled" breakpoints. */ static void dtor_catch_exception_unhandled (struct breakpoint *b) { dtor_exception (ex_catch_exception_unhandled, b); } static struct bp_location * allocate_location_catch_exception_unhandled (struct breakpoint *self) { return allocate_location_exception (ex_catch_exception_unhandled, self); } static void re_set_catch_exception_unhandled (struct breakpoint *b) { re_set_exception (ex_catch_exception_unhandled, b); } static void check_status_catch_exception_unhandled (bpstat bs) { check_status_exception (ex_catch_exception_unhandled, bs); } static enum print_stop_action print_it_catch_exception_unhandled (bpstat bs) { return print_it_exception (ex_catch_exception_unhandled, bs); } static void print_one_catch_exception_unhandled (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc) { print_one_exception (ex_catch_exception_unhandled, b, last_loc); } static void print_mention_catch_exception_unhandled (struct breakpoint *b) { print_mention_exception (ex_catch_exception_unhandled, b); } static void print_recreate_catch_exception_unhandled (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp) { print_recreate_exception (ex_catch_exception_unhandled, b, fp); } static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exception_unhandled_breakpoint_ops; /* Virtual table for "catch assert" breakpoints. */ static void dtor_catch_assert (struct breakpoint *b) { dtor_exception (ex_catch_assert, b); } static struct bp_location * allocate_location_catch_assert (struct breakpoint *self) { return allocate_location_exception (ex_catch_assert, self); } static void re_set_catch_assert (struct breakpoint *b) { re_set_exception (ex_catch_assert, b); } static void check_status_catch_assert (bpstat bs) { check_status_exception (ex_catch_assert, bs); } static enum print_stop_action print_it_catch_assert (bpstat bs) { return print_it_exception (ex_catch_assert, bs); } static void print_one_catch_assert (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc) { print_one_exception (ex_catch_assert, b, last_loc); } static void print_mention_catch_assert (struct breakpoint *b) { print_mention_exception (ex_catch_assert, b); } static void print_recreate_catch_assert (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp) { print_recreate_exception (ex_catch_assert, b, fp); } static struct breakpoint_ops catch_assert_breakpoint_ops; /* Return a newly allocated copy of the first space-separated token in ARGSP, and then adjust ARGSP to point immediately after that token. Return NULL if ARGPS does not contain any more tokens. */ static char * ada_get_next_arg (char **argsp) { char *args = *argsp; char *end; char *result; args = skip_spaces (args); if (args[0] == '\0') return NULL; /* No more arguments. */ /* Find the end of the current argument. */ end = skip_to_space (args); /* Adjust ARGSP to point to the start of the next argument. */ *argsp = end; /* Make a copy of the current argument and return it. */ result = xmalloc (end - args + 1); strncpy (result, args, end - args); result[end - args] = '\0'; return result; } /* Split the arguments specified in a "catch exception" command. Set EX to the appropriate catchpoint type. Set EXCEP_STRING to the name of the specific exception if specified by the user. If a condition is found at the end of the arguments, the condition expression is stored in COND_STRING (memory must be deallocated after use). Otherwise COND_STRING is set to NULL. */ static void catch_ada_exception_command_split (char *args, enum exception_catchpoint_kind *ex, char **excep_string, char **cond_string) { struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL); char *exception_name; char *cond = NULL; exception_name = ada_get_next_arg (&args); if (exception_name != NULL && strcmp (exception_name, "if") == 0) { /* This is not an exception name; this is the start of a condition expression for a catchpoint on all exceptions. So, "un-get" this token, and set exception_name to NULL. */ xfree (exception_name); exception_name = NULL; args -= 2; } make_cleanup (xfree, exception_name); /* Check to see if we have a condition. */ args = skip_spaces (args); if (strncmp (args, "if", 2) == 0 && (isspace (args[2]) || args[2] == '\0')) { args += 2; args = skip_spaces (args); if (args[0] == '\0') error (_("Condition missing after `if' keyword")); cond = xstrdup (args); make_cleanup (xfree, cond); args += strlen (args); } /* Check that we do not have any more arguments. Anything else is unexpected. */ if (args[0] != '\0') error (_("Junk at end of expression")); discard_cleanups (old_chain); if (exception_name == NULL) { /* Catch all exceptions. */ *ex = ex_catch_exception; *excep_string = NULL; } else if (strcmp (exception_name, "unhandled") == 0) { /* Catch unhandled exceptions. */ *ex = ex_catch_exception_unhandled; *excep_string = NULL; } else { /* Catch a specific exception. */ *ex = ex_catch_exception; *excep_string = exception_name; } *cond_string = cond; } /* Return the name of the symbol on which we should break in order to implement a catchpoint of the EX kind. */ static const char * ada_exception_sym_name (enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex) { struct ada_inferior_data *data = get_ada_inferior_data (current_inferior ()); gdb_assert (data->exception_info != NULL); switch (ex) { case ex_catch_exception: return (data->exception_info->catch_exception_sym); break; case ex_catch_exception_unhandled: return (data->exception_info->catch_exception_unhandled_sym); break; case ex_catch_assert: return (data->exception_info->catch_assert_sym); break; default: internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unexpected catchpoint kind (%d)"), ex); } } /* Return the breakpoint ops "virtual table" used for catchpoints of the EX kind. */ static const struct breakpoint_ops * ada_exception_breakpoint_ops (enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex) { switch (ex) { case ex_catch_exception: return (&catch_exception_breakpoint_ops); break; case ex_catch_exception_unhandled: return (&catch_exception_unhandled_breakpoint_ops); break; case ex_catch_assert: return (&catch_assert_breakpoint_ops); break; default: internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unexpected catchpoint kind (%d)"), ex); } } /* Return the condition that will be used to match the current exception being raised with the exception that the user wants to catch. This assumes that this condition is used when the inferior just triggered an exception catchpoint. The string returned is a newly allocated string that needs to be deallocated later. */ static char * ada_exception_catchpoint_cond_string (const char *excep_string) { int i; /* The standard exceptions are a special case. They are defined in runtime units that have been compiled without debugging info; if EXCEP_STRING is the not-fully-qualified name of a standard exception (e.g. "constraint_error") then, during the evaluation of the condition expression, the symbol lookup on this name would *not* return this standard exception. The catchpoint condition may then be set only on user-defined exceptions which have the same not-fully-qualified name (e.g. my_package.constraint_error). To avoid this unexcepted behavior, these standard exceptions are systematically prefixed by "standard". This means that "catch exception constraint_error" is rewritten into "catch exception standard.constraint_error". If an exception named contraint_error is defined in another package of the inferior program, then the only way to specify this exception as a breakpoint condition is to use its fully-qualified named: e.g. my_package.constraint_error. */ for (i = 0; i < sizeof (standard_exc) / sizeof (char *); i++) { if (strcmp (standard_exc [i], excep_string) == 0) { return xstrprintf ("long_integer (e) = long_integer (&standard.%s)", excep_string); } } return xstrprintf ("long_integer (e) = long_integer (&%s)", excep_string); } /* Return the symtab_and_line that should be used to insert an exception catchpoint of the TYPE kind. EXCEP_STRING should contain the name of a specific exception that the catchpoint should catch, or NULL otherwise. ADDR_STRING returns the name of the function where the real breakpoint that implements the catchpoints is set, depending on the type of catchpoint we need to create. */ static struct symtab_and_line ada_exception_sal (enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex, char *excep_string, char **addr_string, const struct breakpoint_ops **ops) { const char *sym_name; struct symbol *sym; /* First, find out which exception support info to use. */ ada_exception_support_info_sniffer (); /* Then lookup the function on which we will break in order to catch the Ada exceptions requested by the user. */ sym_name = ada_exception_sym_name (ex); sym = standard_lookup (sym_name, NULL, VAR_DOMAIN); /* We can assume that SYM is not NULL at this stage. If the symbol did not exist, ada_exception_support_info_sniffer would have raised an exception. Also, ada_exception_support_info_sniffer should have already verified that SYM is a function symbol. */ gdb_assert (sym != NULL); gdb_assert (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_BLOCK); /* Set ADDR_STRING. */ *addr_string = xstrdup (sym_name); /* Set OPS. */ *ops = ada_exception_breakpoint_ops (ex); return find_function_start_sal (sym, 1); } /* Parse the arguments (ARGS) of the "catch exception" command. If the user asked the catchpoint to catch only a specific exception, then save the exception name in ADDR_STRING. If the user provided a condition, then set COND_STRING to that condition expression (the memory must be deallocated after use). Otherwise, set COND_STRING to NULL. See ada_exception_sal for a description of all the remaining function arguments of this function. */ static struct symtab_and_line ada_decode_exception_location (char *args, char **addr_string, char **excep_string, char **cond_string, const struct breakpoint_ops **ops) { enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex; catch_ada_exception_command_split (args, &ex, excep_string, cond_string); return ada_exception_sal (ex, *excep_string, addr_string, ops); } /* Create an Ada exception catchpoint. */ static void create_ada_exception_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal, char *addr_string, char *excep_string, char *cond_string, const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int tempflag, int from_tty) { struct ada_catchpoint *c; c = XNEW (struct ada_catchpoint); init_ada_exception_breakpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, sal, addr_string, ops, tempflag, from_tty); c->excep_string = excep_string; create_excep_cond_exprs (c); if (cond_string != NULL) set_breakpoint_condition (&c->base, cond_string, from_tty); install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1); } /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */ static void catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command) { struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch (); int tempflag; struct symtab_and_line sal; char *addr_string = NULL; char *excep_string = NULL; char *cond_string = NULL; const struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL; tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY; if (!arg) arg = ""; sal = ada_decode_exception_location (arg, &addr_string, &excep_string, &cond_string, &ops); create_ada_exception_catchpoint (gdbarch, sal, addr_string, excep_string, cond_string, ops, tempflag, from_tty); } /* Assuming that ARGS contains the arguments of a "catch assert" command, parse those arguments and return a symtab_and_line object for a failed assertion catchpoint. Set ADDR_STRING to the name of the function where the real breakpoint that implements the catchpoint is set. If ARGS contains a condition, set COND_STRING to that condition (the memory needs to be deallocated after use). Otherwise, set COND_STRING to NULL. */ static struct symtab_and_line ada_decode_assert_location (char *args, char **addr_string, char **cond_string, const struct breakpoint_ops **ops) { args = skip_spaces (args); /* Check whether a condition was provided. */ if (strncmp (args, "if", 2) == 0 && (isspace (args[2]) || args[2] == '\0')) { args += 2; args = skip_spaces (args); if (args[0] == '\0') error (_("condition missing after `if' keyword")); *cond_string = xstrdup (args); } /* Otherwise, there should be no other argument at the end of the command. */ else if (args[0] != '\0') error (_("Junk at end of arguments.")); return ada_exception_sal (ex_catch_assert, NULL, addr_string, ops); } /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */ static void catch_assert_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command) { struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch (); int tempflag; struct symtab_and_line sal; char *addr_string = NULL; char *cond_string = NULL; const struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL; tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY; if (!arg) arg = ""; sal = ada_decode_assert_location (arg, &addr_string, &cond_string, &ops); create_ada_exception_catchpoint (gdbarch, sal, addr_string, NULL, cond_string, ops, tempflag, from_tty); } /* Operators */ /* Information about operators given special treatment in functions below. */ /* Format: OP_DEFN (<operator>, <operator length>, <# args>, <binop>). */ #define ADA_OPERATORS \ OP_DEFN (OP_VAR_VALUE, 4, 0, 0) \ OP_DEFN (BINOP_IN_BOUNDS, 3, 2, 0) \ OP_DEFN (TERNOP_IN_RANGE, 1, 3, 0) \ OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_FIRST, 1, 2, 0) \ OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_LAST, 1, 2, 0) \ OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_LENGTH, 1, 2, 0) \ OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_IMAGE, 1, 2, 0) \ OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_MAX, 1, 3, 0) \ OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_MIN, 1, 3, 0) \ OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_MODULUS, 1, 1, 0) \ OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_POS, 1, 2, 0) \ OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_SIZE, 1, 1, 0) \ OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_TAG, 1, 1, 0) \ OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_VAL, 1, 2, 0) \ OP_DEFN (UNOP_QUAL, 3, 1, 0) \ OP_DEFN (UNOP_IN_RANGE, 3, 1, 0) \ OP_DEFN (OP_OTHERS, 1, 1, 0) \ OP_DEFN (OP_POSITIONAL, 3, 1, 0) \ OP_DEFN (OP_DISCRETE_RANGE, 1, 2, 0) static void ada_operator_length (const struct expression *exp, int pc, int *oplenp, int *argsp) { switch (exp->elts[pc - 1].opcode) { default: operator_length_standard (exp, pc, oplenp, argsp); break; #define OP_DEFN(op, len, args, binop) \ case op: *oplenp = len; *argsp = args; break; ADA_OPERATORS; #undef OP_DEFN case OP_AGGREGATE: *oplenp = 3; *argsp = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc - 2].longconst); break; case OP_CHOICES: *oplenp = 3; *argsp = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc - 2].longconst) + 1; break; } } /* Implementation of the exp_descriptor method operator_check. */ static int ada_operator_check (struct expression *exp, int pos, int (*objfile_func) (struct objfile *objfile, void *data), void *data) { const union exp_element *const elts = exp->elts; struct type *type = NULL; switch (elts[pos].opcode) { case UNOP_IN_RANGE: case UNOP_QUAL: type = elts[pos + 1].type; break; default: return operator_check_standard (exp, pos, objfile_func, data); } /* Invoke callbacks for TYPE and OBJFILE if they were set as non-NULL. */ if (type && TYPE_OBJFILE (type) && (*objfile_func) (TYPE_OBJFILE (type), data)) return 1; return 0; } static char * ada_op_name (enum exp_opcode opcode) { switch (opcode) { default: return op_name_standard (opcode); #define OP_DEFN(op, len, args, binop) case op: return #op; ADA_OPERATORS; #undef OP_DEFN case OP_AGGREGATE: return "OP_AGGREGATE"; case OP_CHOICES: return "OP_CHOICES"; case OP_NAME: return "OP_NAME"; } } /* As for operator_length, but assumes PC is pointing at the first element of the operator, and gives meaningful results only for the Ada-specific operators, returning 0 for *OPLENP and *ARGSP otherwise. */ static void ada_forward_operator_length (struct expression *exp, int pc, int *oplenp, int *argsp) { switch (exp->elts[pc].opcode) { default: *oplenp = *argsp = 0; break; #define OP_DEFN(op, len, args, binop) \ case op: *oplenp = len; *argsp = args; break; ADA_OPERATORS; #undef OP_DEFN case OP_AGGREGATE: *oplenp = 3; *argsp = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst); break; case OP_CHOICES: *oplenp = 3; *argsp = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst) + 1; break; case OP_STRING: case OP_NAME: { int len = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst); *oplenp = 4 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (len + 1); *argsp = 0; break; } } } static int ada_dump_subexp_body (struct expression *exp, struct ui_file *stream, int elt) { enum exp_opcode op = exp->elts[elt].opcode; int oplen, nargs; int pc = elt; int i; ada_forward_operator_length (exp, elt, &oplen, &nargs); switch (op) { /* Ada attributes ('Foo). */ case OP_ATR_FIRST: case OP_ATR_LAST: case OP_ATR_LENGTH: case OP_ATR_IMAGE: case OP_ATR_MAX: case OP_ATR_MIN: case OP_ATR_MODULUS: case OP_ATR_POS: case OP_ATR_SIZE: case OP_ATR_TAG: case OP_ATR_VAL: break; case UNOP_IN_RANGE: case UNOP_QUAL: /* XXX: gdb_sprint_host_address, type_sprint */ fprintf_filtered (stream, _("Type @")); gdb_print_host_address (exp->elts[pc + 1].type, stream); fprintf_filtered (stream, " ("); type_print (exp->elts[pc + 1].type, NULL, stream, 0); fprintf_filtered (stream, ")"); break; case BINOP_IN_BOUNDS: fprintf_filtered (stream, " (%d)", longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 2].longconst)); break; case TERNOP_IN_RANGE: break; case OP_AGGREGATE: case OP_OTHERS: case OP_DISCRETE_RANGE: case OP_POSITIONAL: case OP_CHOICES: break; case OP_NAME: case OP_STRING: { char *name = &exp->elts[elt + 2].string; int len = longest_to_int (exp->elts[elt + 1].longconst); fprintf_filtered (stream, "Text: `%.*s'", len, name); break; } default: return dump_subexp_body_standard (exp, stream, elt); } elt += oplen; for (i = 0; i < nargs; i += 1) elt = dump_subexp (exp, stream, elt); return elt; } /* The Ada extension of print_subexp (q.v.). */ static void ada_print_subexp (struct expression *exp, int *pos, struct ui_file *stream, enum precedence prec) { int oplen, nargs, i; int pc = *pos; enum exp_opcode op = exp->elts[pc].opcode; ada_forward_operator_length (exp, pc, &oplen, &nargs); *pos += oplen; switch (op) { default: *pos -= oplen; print_subexp_standard (exp, pos, stream, prec); return; case OP_VAR_VALUE: fputs_filtered (SYMBOL_NATURAL_NAME (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol), stream); return; case BINOP_IN_BOUNDS: /* XXX: sprint_subexp */ print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); fputs_filtered (" in ", stream); print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); fputs_filtered ("'range", stream); if (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst > 1) fprintf_filtered (stream, "(%ld)", (long) exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst); return; case TERNOP_IN_RANGE: if (prec >= PREC_EQUAL) fputs_filtered ("(", stream); /* XXX: sprint_subexp */ print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); fputs_filtered (" in ", stream); print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_EQUAL); fputs_filtered (" .. ", stream); print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_EQUAL); if (prec >= PREC_EQUAL) fputs_filtered (")", stream); return; case OP_ATR_FIRST: case OP_ATR_LAST: case OP_ATR_LENGTH: case OP_ATR_IMAGE: case OP_ATR_MAX: case OP_ATR_MIN: case OP_ATR_MODULUS: case OP_ATR_POS: case OP_ATR_SIZE: case OP_ATR_TAG: case OP_ATR_VAL: if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode == OP_TYPE) { if (TYPE_CODE (exp->elts[*pos + 1].type) != TYPE_CODE_VOID) LA_PRINT_TYPE (exp->elts[*pos + 1].type, "", stream, 0, 0, &type_print_raw_options); *pos += 3; } else print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); fprintf_filtered (stream, "'%s", ada_attribute_name (op)); if (nargs > 1) { int tem; for (tem = 1; tem < nargs; tem += 1) { fputs_filtered ((tem == 1) ? " (" : ", ", stream); print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_ABOVE_COMMA); } fputs_filtered (")", stream); } return; case UNOP_QUAL: type_print (exp->elts[pc + 1].type, "", stream, 0); fputs_filtered ("'(", stream); print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_PREFIX); fputs_filtered (")", stream); return; case UNOP_IN_RANGE: /* XXX: sprint_subexp */ print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); fputs_filtered (" in ", stream); LA_PRINT_TYPE (exp->elts[pc + 1].type, "", stream, 1, 0, &type_print_raw_options); return; case OP_DISCRETE_RANGE: print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); fputs_filtered ("..", stream); print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); return; case OP_OTHERS: fputs_filtered ("others => ", stream); print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); return; case OP_CHOICES: for (i = 0; i < nargs-1; i += 1) { if (i > 0) fputs_filtered ("|", stream); print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); } fputs_filtered (" => ", stream); print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); return; case OP_POSITIONAL: print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); return; case OP_AGGREGATE: fputs_filtered ("(", stream); for (i = 0; i < nargs; i += 1) { if (i > 0) fputs_filtered (", ", stream); print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); } fputs_filtered (")", stream); return; } } /* Table mapping opcodes into strings for printing operators and precedences of the operators. */ static const struct op_print ada_op_print_tab[] = { {":=", BINOP_ASSIGN, PREC_ASSIGN, 1}, {"or else", BINOP_LOGICAL_OR, PREC_LOGICAL_OR, 0}, {"and then", BINOP_LOGICAL_AND, PREC_LOGICAL_AND, 0}, {"or", BINOP_BITWISE_IOR, PREC_BITWISE_IOR, 0}, {"xor", BINOP_BITWISE_XOR, PREC_BITWISE_XOR, 0}, {"and", BINOP_BITWISE_AND, PREC_BITWISE_AND, 0}, {"=", BINOP_EQUAL, PREC_EQUAL, 0}, {"/=", BINOP_NOTEQUAL, PREC_EQUAL, 0}, {"<=", BINOP_LEQ, PREC_ORDER, 0}, {">=", BINOP_GEQ, PREC_ORDER, 0}, {">", BINOP_GTR, PREC_ORDER, 0}, {"<", BINOP_LESS, PREC_ORDER, 0}, {">>", BINOP_RSH, PREC_SHIFT, 0}, {"<<", BINOP_LSH, PREC_SHIFT, 0}, {"+", BINOP_ADD, PREC_ADD, 0}, {"-", BINOP_SUB, PREC_ADD, 0}, {"&", BINOP_CONCAT, PREC_ADD, 0}, {"*", BINOP_MUL, PREC_MUL, 0}, {"/", BINOP_DIV, PREC_MUL, 0}, {"rem", BINOP_REM, PREC_MUL, 0}, {"mod", BINOP_MOD, PREC_MUL, 0}, {"**", BINOP_EXP, PREC_REPEAT, 0}, {"@", BINOP_REPEAT, PREC_REPEAT, 0}, {"-", UNOP_NEG, PREC_PREFIX, 0}, {"+", UNOP_PLUS, PREC_PREFIX, 0}, {"not ", UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT, PREC_PREFIX, 0}, {"not ", UNOP_COMPLEMENT, PREC_PREFIX, 0}, {"abs ", UNOP_ABS, PREC_PREFIX, 0}, {".all", UNOP_IND, PREC_SUFFIX, 1}, {"'access", UNOP_ADDR, PREC_SUFFIX, 1}, {"'size", OP_ATR_SIZE, PREC_SUFFIX, 1}, {NULL, 0, 0, 0} }; enum ada_primitive_types { ada_primitive_type_int, ada_primitive_type_long, ada_primitive_type_short, ada_primitive_type_char, ada_primitive_type_float, ada_primitive_type_double, ada_primitive_type_void, ada_primitive_type_long_long, ada_primitive_type_long_double, ada_primitive_type_natural, ada_primitive_type_positive, ada_primitive_type_system_address, nr_ada_primitive_types }; static void ada_language_arch_info (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct language_arch_info *lai) { const struct builtin_type *builtin = builtin_type (gdbarch); lai->primitive_type_vector = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_CALLOC (gdbarch, nr_ada_primitive_types + 1, struct type *); lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_int] = arch_integer_type (gdbarch, gdbarch_int_bit (gdbarch), 0, "integer"); lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_long] = arch_integer_type (gdbarch, gdbarch_long_bit (gdbarch), 0, "long_integer"); lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_short] = arch_integer_type (gdbarch, gdbarch_short_bit (gdbarch), 0, "short_integer"); lai->string_char_type = lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_char] = arch_integer_type (gdbarch, TARGET_CHAR_BIT, 0, "character"); lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_float] = arch_float_type (gdbarch, gdbarch_float_bit (gdbarch), "float", NULL); lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_double] = arch_float_type (gdbarch, gdbarch_double_bit (gdbarch), "long_float", NULL); lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_long_long] = arch_integer_type (gdbarch, gdbarch_long_long_bit (gdbarch), 0, "long_long_integer"); lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_long_double] = arch_float_type (gdbarch, gdbarch_double_bit (gdbarch), "long_long_float", NULL); lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_natural] = arch_integer_type (gdbarch, gdbarch_int_bit (gdbarch), 0, "natural"); lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_positive] = arch_integer_type (gdbarch, gdbarch_int_bit (gdbarch), 0, "positive"); lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_void] = builtin->builtin_void; lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_system_address] = lookup_pointer_type (arch_type (gdbarch, TYPE_CODE_VOID, 1, "void")); TYPE_NAME (lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_system_address]) = "system__address"; lai->bool_type_symbol = NULL; lai->bool_type_default = builtin->builtin_bool; } /* Language vector */ /* Not really used, but needed in the ada_language_defn. */ static void emit_char (int c, struct type *type, struct ui_file *stream, int quoter) { ada_emit_char (c, type, stream, quoter, 1); } static int parse (void) { warnings_issued = 0; return ada_parse (); } static const struct exp_descriptor ada_exp_descriptor = { ada_print_subexp, ada_operator_length, ada_operator_check, ada_op_name, ada_dump_subexp_body, ada_evaluate_subexp }; /* Implement the "la_get_symbol_name_cmp" language_defn method for Ada. */ static symbol_name_cmp_ftype ada_get_symbol_name_cmp (const char *lookup_name) { if (should_use_wild_match (lookup_name)) return wild_match; else return compare_names; } /* Implement the "la_read_var_value" language_defn method for Ada. */ static struct value * ada_read_var_value (struct symbol *var, struct frame_info *frame) { struct block *frame_block = NULL; struct symbol *renaming_sym = NULL; /* The only case where default_read_var_value is not sufficient is when VAR is a renaming... */ if (frame) frame_block = get_frame_block (frame, NULL); if (frame_block) renaming_sym = ada_find_renaming_symbol (var, frame_block); if (renaming_sym != NULL) return ada_read_renaming_var_value (renaming_sym, frame_block); /* This is a typical case where we expect the default_read_var_value function to work. */ return default_read_var_value (var, frame); } const struct language_defn ada_language_defn = { "ada", /* Language name */ language_ada, range_check_off, case_sensitive_on, /* Yes, Ada is case-insensitive, but that's not quite what this means. */ array_row_major, macro_expansion_no, &ada_exp_descriptor, parse, ada_error, resolve, ada_printchar, /* Print a character constant */ ada_printstr, /* Function to print string constant */ emit_char, /* Function to print single char (not used) */ ada_print_type, /* Print a type using appropriate syntax */ ada_print_typedef, /* Print a typedef using appropriate syntax */ ada_val_print, /* Print a value using appropriate syntax */ ada_value_print, /* Print a top-level value */ ada_read_var_value, /* la_read_var_value */ NULL, /* Language specific skip_trampoline */ NULL, /* name_of_this */ ada_lookup_symbol_nonlocal, /* Looking up non-local symbols. */ basic_lookup_transparent_type, /* lookup_transparent_type */ ada_la_decode, /* Language specific symbol demangler */ NULL, /* Language specific class_name_from_physname */ ada_op_print_tab, /* expression operators for printing */ 0, /* c-style arrays */ 1, /* String lower bound */ ada_get_gdb_completer_word_break_characters, ada_make_symbol_completion_list, ada_language_arch_info, ada_print_array_index, default_pass_by_reference, c_get_string, ada_get_symbol_name_cmp, /* la_get_symbol_name_cmp */ ada_iterate_over_symbols, LANG_MAGIC }; /* Provide a prototype to silence -Wmissing-prototypes. */ extern initialize_file_ftype _initialize_ada_language; /* Command-list for the "set/show ada" prefix command. */ static struct cmd_list_element *set_ada_list; static struct cmd_list_element *show_ada_list; /* Implement the "set ada" prefix command. */ static void set_ada_command (char *arg, int from_tty) { printf_unfiltered (_(\ "\"set ada\" must be followed by the name of a setting.\n")); help_list (set_ada_list, "set ada ", -1, gdb_stdout); } /* Implement the "show ada" prefix command. */ static void show_ada_command (char *args, int from_tty) { cmd_show_list (show_ada_list, from_tty, ""); } static void initialize_ada_catchpoint_ops (void) { struct breakpoint_ops *ops; initialize_breakpoint_ops (); ops = &catch_exception_breakpoint_ops; *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops; ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exception; ops->allocate_location = allocate_location_catch_exception; ops->re_set = re_set_catch_exception; ops->check_status = check_status_catch_exception; ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exception; ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exception; ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exception; ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exception; ops = &catch_exception_unhandled_breakpoint_ops; *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops; ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exception_unhandled; ops->allocate_location = allocate_location_catch_exception_unhandled; ops->re_set = re_set_catch_exception_unhandled; ops->check_status = check_status_catch_exception_unhandled; ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exception_unhandled; ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exception_unhandled; ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exception_unhandled; ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exception_unhandled; ops = &catch_assert_breakpoint_ops; *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops; ops->dtor = dtor_catch_assert; ops->allocate_location = allocate_location_catch_assert; ops->re_set = re_set_catch_assert; ops->check_status = check_status_catch_assert; ops->print_it = print_it_catch_assert; ops->print_one = print_one_catch_assert; ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_assert; ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_assert; } void _initialize_ada_language (void) { add_language (&ada_language_defn); initialize_ada_catchpoint_ops (); add_prefix_cmd ("ada", no_class, set_ada_command, _("Prefix command for changing Ada-specfic settings"), &set_ada_list, "set ada ", 0, &setlist); add_prefix_cmd ("ada", no_class, show_ada_command, _("Generic command for showing Ada-specific settings."), &show_ada_list, "show ada ", 0, &showlist); add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("trust-PAD-over-XVS", class_obscure, &trust_pad_over_xvs, _("\ Enable or disable an optimization trusting PAD types over XVS types"), _("\ Show whether an optimization trusting PAD types over XVS types is activated"), _("\ This is related to the encoding used by the GNAT compiler. The debugger\n\ should normally trust the contents of PAD types, but certain older versions\n\ of GNAT have a bug that sometimes causes the information in the PAD type\n\ to be incorrect. Turning this setting \"off\" allows the debugger to\n\ work around this bug. It is always safe to turn this option \"off\", but\n\ this incurs a slight performance penalty, so it is recommended to NOT change\n\ this option to \"off\" unless necessary."), NULL, NULL, &set_ada_list, &show_ada_list); add_catch_command ("exception", _("\ Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\ With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."), catch_ada_exception_command, NULL, CATCH_PERMANENT, CATCH_TEMPORARY); add_catch_command ("assert", _("\ Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\ With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."), catch_assert_command, NULL, CATCH_PERMANENT, CATCH_TEMPORARY); varsize_limit = 65536; obstack_init (&symbol_list_obstack); decoded_names_store = htab_create_alloc (256, htab_hash_string, (int (*)(const void *, const void *)) streq, NULL, xcalloc, xfree); /* Setup per-inferior data. */ observer_attach_inferior_exit (ada_inferior_exit); ada_inferior_data = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL, ada_inferior_data_cleanup); }